CONTRACT CONDITIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS. HMH - Dunn Refresh. for the renovation of

Transcription

1 CONTRACT CONDITIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS for the renovation of HMH - Dunn Refresh East - Level 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase Fannin Street Houston, Texas Issuedfor forpermit Construction Issue and Bid 15 November November Project Project PROJECT MANUAL CORGAN ASSOCIATES, INC. 401 North Houston Street, Dallas, TX

2 Contract Conditions and Specifications for the Renovation of HMH Dunn Refresh Level 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1 PROJECT MANUAL I S SISSUE U E D FOR F O R PERMIT C O N S TAND R U CBID T I O N Architect: Corgan 401 N. Houston Street Dallas, Texas T Mechanical/Electrical/Plumbing Engineer: Telios 101 Parkland Boulevard Sugarland, Texas T

3 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 DOCUMENT SEALS PAGE PROJECT: Name: HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, 10 Phase 1 Location: 6585 Fannin Street Houston, Texas Project Number: ARCHITECT OF RECORD Corgan Associates, Inc. 401 North Houston Street Dallas, Texas Architect of Record 11/21/2018 Date MEP ENGINEER OF RECORD Telios 101 Parkland Boulevard Sugarland, Texas Engineer of Record 11/21/2018 Date END OF DOCUMENT Seal Page Document Seal Page - 1

4 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 DOCUMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Dated Cover Title Page Table of Contents Seal Page General Conditions of the Contract for Construction DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Summary Allowances Substitution Procedures Contract Modification Procedures Payment Procedures Project Coordination Project Meetings Construction Progress Schedules Photographic Documentation Submittal Procedures Alteration Project Procedures Infection Control Procedures Quality Requirements Regulatory Requirements References Temporary Facilities and Construction Construction IAQ Management Product Requirements Execution Cutting and Patching Closeout Procedures Project Record Documents DIVISION 2 EXISTING CONDITIONS Selective Demolition DIVISION 3 CONCRETE Concrete Sealer Cementitious Underlayment Table of Contents Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

5 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 DIVISION 5 METALS Slotted Steel Channel Framing System Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications DIVISION 6 WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry Architectural Woodwork Glass Fiber Reinforced (FRP) Panel Plastic Paneling DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE CONTROL Replacement Cementitious Fireproofing Penetration Firestopping Fire Resistive Joint Systems Sealants DIVISION 08 OPENINGS Steel Frames and Doors Flush Wood Doors Access Doors and Frames Door Hardware Glass and Glazing DIVISION 09 FINISHES Gypsum Board Assemblies Tile Acoustical Panel Ceilings Moisture Vapor Emission Control Resilient Floor and Accessories Sheet Carpeting Wall Covering Acoustic Liner Field Paint and Coatings DIVISION 09 FINISHES Room Identification Signage Cubicle Curtains and Track Patient Bed Service Wall Wall Protection Toilet Accessories Emergency Specialties Fire Protection Specialties DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT Breakroom Appliances and Equipment Medical Equipment DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS Roller Shades Table of Contents Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

6 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 DIVISION 22 PLUMBING Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping General Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment Plumbing Piping Insulation Water Distribution System Sanitary Waste and Storm Drainage Plumbing Specialties DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) A Common Work Results to MEP Systems C Common Work MEP Systems ID D Common Work HVAC Unit Pricing Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment Vibration Controls for HVAC Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC A Owner Supplemental Appendix Independent Tab C Independent Baseline Test and Report Existing HVAC Systems Duct Insulation Independent Agent Commissioning (Cx) and Report Metal Ducts Air Duct Accessories DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL Owner s Supplemental Appendix for Common Electrical Requirements Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling Identification for Electrical Systems Wiring Devices Fuses Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers END OF DOCUMENT Table of Contents Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

7 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 18, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 SECTION GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION A. General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201, 2007 Edition, referenced as the General Conditions, are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. 1. A copy of AIA Document A 201 is available for review at the office of the Architect or may be purchased through the American Institute of Architect (AIA). B. The Contractor is directed, as a condition of the Contract, to acquaint itself with the Articles and to notify and apprise Subcontractors and parties to the Contract of and bind each to its conditions. C. No contractual adjustments shall be due resulting from failure because the Contractor, subcontractors, or parties to the Contract to acquaint themselves with the General Conditions. The General Conditions of the Contract may be amended by Supplementary Conditions. D. The provisions of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions, when included, and Division 1 General Requirements apply to the work specified in each section of the Specifications. E. Where conflicts occur concerning the Architect's duties and responsibilities between the General Conditions and the Agreement between the Owner and Architect, the Agreement takes precedence. F. If not included in the Owner/Contractor Agreement or specifically included in the bidding documents, obtain the Owner s insurance requirements prior to submitting a bid. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used. END OF DOCUMENT General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

8 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 18, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 This page intentionally left blank. General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

9 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 SECTION SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Project information. 2. Work covered by Contract Documents. 3. Work under separate contracts. 4. Access to site. 5. Coordination with occupants. 6. Work restrictions. 7. Specification and Drawing conventions. 1.2 PROJECT INFORMATION A. Project Identification: HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, 10 Phase 1 1. Project Location: 6565 Fannin Street, Houston, Texas B. Architect: Corgan Associates, Inc, 401 N Houston Street, Dallas, Texas C. Construction Manager: 1. A Construction Manager is the Project's constructor. The terms Construction Manager and Contractor are synonymous. 1.3 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The work of the project is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the construction of alterations and renovations to existing hospital suites architectural finishes, including mechanical, electrical, and plumbing elements in an existing medical office building, and renovations to the building exterior, including covered walkway. B. Type of Contract: Project will be constructed under a construction manager at risk (CMc) contract. 1.4 WORK BY OWNER A. Cooperate fully with Owner so work may be carried out smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract or work by Owner. Coordinate the work of this Contract with work performed by Owner. 1. Pneumatic Tube (OFOI): PEVCO will install length of 6 inch (150 mm) diameter. pipe above ceiling for future pneumatic tube system; generally from the vertical shaft behind the house keeping closets to the back area of the Nurse Station. Estimated at 80 linear feet of new piping or less. 2. Television Upgrades (OFOI): Scope under development. Televisions will remain in place and shall be protected during the work. Anticipate a new cat 6 cable to be Summary Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

10 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 installed to the back of the Televisions for future system upgrade (Recovery Network). 3. Patient Room Workstation Upgrades (OFOI): Scope of work under development; anticipate installation of new wall mounted patient charting computers at the headwall in each patient room. Work requires backing, power outlet and data drop at each location by the GC. a. Wall brackets installed by Contractor; computers by HMH. 4. Vendor Equipment (OFCI): Scope of Building Service work under development; Room equipment list is under development for review and confirmation by Owner identifying which items are furnished by Owner and which items are furnished by Contractor. a. Building Service items include, but are not limited to: soap dispensers, paper towel dispensers, toilet seat paper dispensers, hand sanitizer dispensers (currently Purell). 5. Medical Equipment (OFOI): Scope of work under development, including reinstallation of PIXIS machines, and similar items. PYXIS would be vendor / HMH installed; Power / fate drop(s) and cameras at each location would be confirmed to exist or installed as part of the work. 1.5 ACCESS TO SITE A. Contractor shall have limited use of the site for construction operations as indicated on Drawings and as determined by the Owner. B. Use of Site: Limit use of project site to areas within the Contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of site beyond areas in which the work is indicated. 1. Driveways, Walkways, and Entrances: Keep driveways, parking garage, loading areas, and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles. Do not use these areas for parking or for storage of materials. C. Emergency Building Exits During Construction: Maintain exits required by Code open during construction period; provide temporary exit signs if exit routes are temporarily altered. D. Existing Elevator Usage: Schedule use of elevators with Owner including which elevators shall be used, time elevator is available for use for transport construction personnel and construction materials. E. Do not use the existing facilities, including restrooms, drinking fountains, vending machines, telephones, cafeteria, and similar services. F. Tobacco products are not permitted on the site. G. Noise: Use of loud or profane language, radios, and unacceptable behavior around Owner s employees, patients, or visitors is prohibited. H. Perform slab core drilling and loud operations on an after hours basis after scheduling with the Owner. I. Utility Outages and Shutdown: Summary Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

11 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase Do not disrupt or shut down life safety systems, including but not limited to fire sprinklers and fire alarm system, without written notice to Owner and authorities having jurisdiction and without making alternative provisions. a. Submit written request on Owner s form Request for Utility Outage. Copy of the form (Attachment 1) is attached. 2. Prevent accidental disruption of utility services to other facilities. J. Condition of Existing Building: Maintain portions of existing building affected by construction operations in a weathertight condition throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. 1.6 INTERIM LIFE SAFETY MEASURES (ILSM) A. Perform the work in accordance with the Joint Commission for Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations (JCAHO), Standard LS Interim Life Safety Measures (ISLM); Hospital Accreditation Standards (HAS); B. ILSM are a series of eleven administrative actions required to be taken to compensate for the hazards posed by existing NFPA 101 Life Safety Code (LSC) deficiencies or construction activities in a facility that continues to function. 1. Implementation of ILSM is required in or adjacent to construction areas and throughout buildings with existing LSC deficiencies. ILSM apply to personnel, including construction workers, and shall be implemented upon project development, and continuously enforced through project completion. 2. ILSM are intended to provide a level of life safety comparable to that described in chapters 1 through 7, 31, and the applicable occupancy chapters of NFPA 101 (LSC), current edition. Document all ILSM actions. Except as stated, frequencies for inspection, testing, training, and monitoring and evaluation shall be established by the organization. C. Contractor Responsibilities: 1. Ensure temporary construction partitions are smoke tight and built of noncombustible materials. 2. Provide additional fire fighting equipment and use training for personnel. D. In Cooperation with Owner, the Contractor shall: 1. Develop and enforce smoking policies and procedures in excess of current JCAHO standards. Prohibit smoking in or adjacent to construction areas. 2. Develop and enforce storage, housekeeping, and debris removal policies and procedures that reduce the flammable and combustible fire load to the lowest level necessary for daily operations. E. In Cooperation with Contractor, the Owner will: 1. Ensure exits provide tree and unobstructed egress. Train personnel if alternative exits must be designated. 2. Ensure tree and unobstructed access to emergency departments/services and for emergency forces. 3. Ensure fire alarm, detection, and suppression systems are not impaired. Provide a temporary, but equivalent, system when any fire system is impaired. Inspect and test temporary systems monthly. 4. Conduct a minimum of two fire drills per shift per quarter. Summary Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

12 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase Provide hazard surveillance of buildings, grounds and equipment with special attention to excavations, construction areas, construction storage and field offices. 6. Train personnel when structural or compartmentalization features of fire safety are compromised. 7. Conduct organization wide safety education programs to ensure awareness of LSC deficiencies, construction hazards and these ILSM. F. Contractor Compliance Procedures: 1. At commencement of the work, procure a filing box from Facilities Management Services and install in conspicuous location within the Project Work area. 2. Complete Interim Life Safety Assignment Log daily and place in filing box. Copy of Assignment Log (Attachment 2) is attached. 3. Facilities Management Services and Environmental Safety personnel will inspect the work area twice weekly and place Interim Life Safety Inspection Log of inspection in the filing box. Copy of Inspection Log (Attachment 3) included at the end of this section. 4. Perform listed deficiency corrections; complete Log and place in box. 1.7 COORDINATION WITH OCCUPANTS A. Full Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy site and existing, adjacent floors and building(s) during construction period. Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's day to day operations. Maintain existing exits unless otherwise indicated. B. Owner Limited Occupancy of Completed Areas of Construction: Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment in completed portions of the work, prior to Substantial Completion of the work, provided such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the work. Placement of equipment and limited occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total work. C. Owner intends to occupy the Project by the date stated in the Agreement as the contract completion date. D. Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict and to facilitate Owner s operations. E. Schedule the work to accommodate Owner occupancy. F. In submitting a proposal for this work, Contractor acknowledges that performing some work may be required after hours and/or weekends to prevent disruption of the Owner s activities. 1. After hours work will be performed at no additional cost or premium to the Owner. 1.8 WORK RESTRICTIONS A. Work Restrictions: Coordinate with the Owner for building restrictions for construction operations. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. On Site Work Hours: Coordinate with Project Coordinator. Summary Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

13 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase For mutual benefit of Owner and Contractor schedule work to facilitate timely completion without hampering Owner s operations. 2. Schedule Work during the 24 hours of any workday provided laws are not violated and operations do not create public nuisance nor disturb the peace. In event work is stopped due to violations, nuisance, or disturbance, make corrections necessary to maintain schedule. 3. Schedule work with Owner that may interfere with Owner s operations minimum 2 weeks prior to such operations. a. Secure Owner s approval of: 1) Time of operation. 2) Interruption of mechanical/electrical services, if any. 3) Encumbrances to building ingress/egress routes. 4) Area or place of interfering operations. 5) Type of interference. 6) Times and routes of ingress/egress of workmen. C. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others. If an interruption is necessary, coordinate with Owner under the established conditions and then only after providing temporary utility services in accordance with requirements: 1. Notify Project Coordinator and Architect not less than three days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Obtain Project Coordinator s and Architect's written permission before proceeding with utility interruptions. D. Restricted Substances: Use of tobacco products and other controlled substances on the site is not permitted. 1.9 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used. These conventions are as follows: 1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 2. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise. B. Division 1 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 1 apply to the work of all Sections in the Specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION Summary Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

14 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 Summary Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

15 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 Attachment 1 Summary Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

16 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 Summary Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

17 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 Attachment 2 Summary Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

18 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 Summary Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

19 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 SECTION ALLOWANCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements governing allowances. B. Types of allowances include the following: 1. Lump sum allowances. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Allowance is a quantity of work or dollar amount established in lieu of additional requirements, used to defer selection of actual materials and equipment to a later date when direction will be provided to Contractor. If necessary, additional requirements will be issued by Change Order. 1.3 SELECTION AND PURCHASE A. At the earliest practical date after award of the Contract, advise Architect of the date when final selection, or purchase and delivery, of each product or system described by an allowance must be completed by the Owner to avoid delaying the work. B. At Architect's request, obtain proposals for each allowance for use in making final selections. Include recommendations that are relevant to performing the work. C. Purchase products and systems selected by Architect from the designated supplier. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances in the form specified for Change Orders. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show actual quantities of materials delivered to the site for use in fulfillment of each allowance. B. Submit time sheets and other documentation to show labor time and cost for installation of allowance items that include installation as part of the allowance. C. Coordinate and process submittals for allowance items in same manner as for other portions of the work. Allowances Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

20 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase LUMP SUM ALLOWANCES A. Allowance shall include cost to Contractor of specific products and materials ordered by Owner or selected by Architect under allowance and shall include taxes, freight, and delivery to site. B. Unless otherwise indicated, Contractor's costs for receiving and handling at site, labor, installation, overhead and profit, and similar costs related to products and materials ordered by Owner or selected by Architect under allowance shall be included as part of the Contract Sum and not part of the allowance. C. Unused Materials: Return unused materials purchased under an allowance to manufacturer or supplier for credit to Owner, after installation has been completed and accepted. 1. If requested by Architect, retain and prepare unused material for storage by Owner. Deliver unused material to Owner's storage space as directed. 1.7 ADJUSTMENT OF ALLOWANCES A. Allowance Adjustment: To adjust allowance amounts, prepare a Change Order proposal based on the difference between purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by final measurement of work in place where applicable. If applicable, include reasonable allowances for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product imperfections, and similar margins. 1. Include installation costs in purchase amount only where indicated as part of the allowance. 2. If requested, prepare explanation and documentation to substantiate distribution of overhead costs and other markups. 3. Submit substantiation of a change in scope of work, if any, claimed in Change Orders related to unit cost allowances. 4. Owner reserves the right to establish the quantity of work in place by independent quantity survey, measure, or count. B. Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope or nature of the allowance described in the Contract Documents, whether for the purchase order amount or Contractor's handling, labor, installation, overhead, and profit. 1. Do not include Contractor's or subcontractor's indirect expense in the Change Order cost amount unless it is clearly shown that the nature or extent of work has changed from what could have been foreseen from information in the Contract Documents. 2. No change to Contractor's indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher or lower priced materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. Allowances Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

21 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on delivery for damage or defects. Return damaged or defective products to manufacturer for replacement. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Coordinate materials and installation for each allowance with related materials and installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with related work. 3.3 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES A. Allowance No. 1: Clean Room HVAC Work: Include the sum of $11,300 per wing for the HVAC work scheduled for the Clean Room as indicated on the Drawings and specified in the mechanical specifications. 1. This allowance includes material cost, receiving, handling, and installation, and Contractor overhead and profit. B. Allowance No. 2: Clean Room Gypsum Board Assembly Work: Include the sum of $55,000 per wing for the gypsum board assembly work indicated scheduled for the Clean Room as indicated on the Drawings and specified in Section This allowance includes material cost, receiving, handling, and installation, and Contractor overhead and profit. C. Allowance No. 3: Access Panels: Include the sum of $4,200 per wing for the installation of access panels in patient rooms and where indicated on the Drawings and specified in Section This allowance includes material cost, receiving, handling, and installation, and Contractor overhead and profit. D. Allowance No. 4: Firestopping: Include the sum of $5,000 per wing for firestopping existing penetrations through firewalls as indicated on the Drawings and specified in Section and Section This allowance includes material cost, receiving, handling, and installation, and Contractor overhead and profit. END OF SECTION Allowances Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

22 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 SECTION SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. 1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms. 2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner. B. Comparable Products: Products demonstrated and approved through the product substitution process to have similar qualities related to type, function, dimension, in service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics equivalent to or exceeding those of the specified product and incorporated into the Contract Documents. C. Substitutions submitted and accepted prior to the award of the Contract for Construction are deemed part of the Contract Documents and are not subject to substitution requirements. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Identify the Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Substitution Request Form: Use facsimile of form provided. 2. Documentation: Demonstrate compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable: a. Statement indicating the reason the specified product, fabrication, or installation method cannot be provided, if applicable. b. Coordination of information, including a list of changes or revisions needed to other parts of the work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitutions with those of the work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section. Significant qualities may include attributes, such as performance, physical characteristics, weight, size, durability, visual effect, Substitution Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid September November 2018

23 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 noise levels, color and texture, vibration generation, interchangeability of parts or components, maintenance, compatibility with other materials, products, assemblies and components, equipment capacities and performance characteristics, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the work specified. d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. Mark cut sheet to indicate specific model or product. e. Samples, where applicable or requested. f. Certificates and manufacturer/installer/fabricator qualification data, where applicable. g. List of similar installations for completed projects, with project names and addresses as well as names and addresses of architects and owners. h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency, indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. i. ICC-ES Research Reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project. j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed substitutions with products specified for the work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery. k. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. l. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents, except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials and is appropriate for applications indicated. m. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results. 3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within seven days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the work. b. Form of Rejection During Construction: Written rejection on Substitution Request Form. 4. No response will be given for substitutions submitted by individual subcontractors or material suppliers. 5. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers. Substitution Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid September November 2018

24 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase COORDINATION A. Revise or adjust affected work necessary to integrate work of the approved substitutions. 1.6 ARCHITECT DUTIES A. Architect will determine acceptability of proposed substitutions. B. Review Contractor's requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness. C. Notify Contractor, in writing, of decision to accept or reject requested substitution. 1.7 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. Conditions for Consideration: Substitution requests will be considered when the request is submitted in writing on the Request for Substitution form by the Contractor. B. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals. 1. Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. b. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. c. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. d. Requested substitution has the necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. e. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the work. f. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the work. g. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. 1) A warranty based on the same warranty period only is not considered equivalent to the specified warranty. h. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to each contractor involved. C. Substitutions for Convenience: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 30 days after the Notice of Award. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Architect. 1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the specific conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: a. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume. Substitution Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid September November 2018

25 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase ) Additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations. b. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents. c. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. d. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. e. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. f. Requested substitution has the necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. g. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the work. h. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the work. i. Requested substitution provides specified or better warranty. j. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. D. Requests for substitutions will not be considered when: 1. Products are indicated or implied on Shop Drawings, Product Data Submittals, or Requests for Information (RFIs). a. Request for substitutions require separate documentation. Substitutions disguised as submittals are not permitted and will be rejected without review. 2. Requested directly by subcontractor or supplier. 3. Acceptance requires substantial revisions to Contract Documents or Contract time. 4. Additional cost to Owner is involved. 5. Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without written acceptance of Architect. If proposed substitution is not accepted, provide specified product or materials. 6. Burden of proof for merits of proposed substitute is upon proposer. Architect's decision of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution is final. 7. Review of Architect, acceptance or failure to take exceptions to substitutions or other review documents, shall not relieve Contractor of its responsibility for compliance with performance or requirements of Contract Documents. 8. Contractor shall be responsible for and pay for expenses incurred by Owner or Architect for changes to Contract Documents ultimately required by accepted Contractor requests for substitutions. 1.8 SUBMISSION PROCEDURES A. Submit each product substitution as a separate request. B. The burden of proof of compliance to requirements lies with the proposer. C. Documentation: Submit supporting documentation indicating compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following: 1. Identify product by specification section and article numbers. Provide manufacturer's name and address, trade name of product, and model or catalog number. List fabricators and suppliers as appropriate. Substitution Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid September November 2018

26 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase Include a statement indicating the reason specified product is unavailable. a. Contractor s failure to order specified product in sufficient time for delivery to site is not a valid reason for a substitution. 3. Coordination information, including list of modifications necessary for related work, existing conditions, and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. 4. Detailed comparison of significant properties of proposed substitution with quality of work specified. Significant properties may include but are not limited to attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated. Identify variations from contract requirements. 5. Detailed comparison of warranties of proposed substitution and specified product, note variations. 6. Shop drawings and product data, including drawings and descriptions of products, fabrication and installation procedures, certified test results, and similar data. 7. Samples, where applicable or requested. 8. Indicate availability of product in quantities required and availability of approved/certified, trained, and skilled installers. 9. Indicate availability of maintenance services and replacement materials as applicable. 10. Material test reports from qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. 11. ICC-ES Evaluation Reports evidencing compliance with building code. 12. Detailed comparison of Contractor's Construction Schedule using proposed substitution with products specified for work, including effect on overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating lack of availability or delays in delivery. 13. Cost information, including proposal of change, if any, in Contract Sum. 14. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements of Contract Documents and is appropriate for applications indicated. 15. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results. 16. Contractor agreement to assume full responsibility for additional costs and time associated with substitution that may become necessary during the work. 17. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners. D. Unsigned submittals are considered incomplete and will not be reviewed. E. For accepted products, submit formal shop drawings, product data, and samples under provisions of Section and the individual specification section. Substitution Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid September November 2018

27 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. Product Properties: Properties of substituted products considered include but are not limited to: 1. Physical dimension requirements to satisfy space limitations. 2. Static and dynamic weight limitations, structural properties. 3. Audible noise levels. 4. Vibration generation. 5. Interchangeability of parts or components. 6. Accessibility for maintenance, possible removal or replacement. 7. Colors, textures and compatibility with other materials, products, assemblies and components. 8. Equipment capacities and performance characteristics. 9. Warranty conditions. 10. Sustainable (green building) properties. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION A. In making a formal request for substitution Contractor represents that: 1. It has thoroughly investigated proposed product and has determined it is equivalent to or superior in respects to that specified. 2. It will provide same warranties for substitution as for product specified. 3. It will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into the work, and will make necessary changes for the work to be complete. 4. It waives claims for additional costs caused by the requested substitution which may subsequently become apparent. 5. Cost data is complete and includes related costs under the Contract, but not costs under separate contracts. END OF SECTION Substitution Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid September November 2018

28 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM To Architect: Corgan Project Name: Specified Item: Section Page Paragraph Description The undersigned Contractor requests consideration of the following: Proposed Substitution: 1. Attached data includes product description, specifications, drawings, photographs, performance and test data adequate for evaluation of the request; applicable portions of the data are clearly identified, both on the proposed substitution and the original specified product. 2. Attached data includes description of changes to Contract Documents, which proposed Substitution will require for its proper installation. The undersigned Contractor states that the following paragraphs, unless modified on attachments, are correct. 1. The proposed substitution does not affect dimensions on Drawings. 2. The undersigned Contractor agrees to pay for changes to the building design, including architectural or engineering design, detailing, and construction costs caused by the requested substitution. 3. The proposed substitution has no adverse effect on other trades, the construction schedule, or specified warranty requirements. 4. Maintenance and service parts are locally available for the proposed substitution. The Contractor further states that the function, appearance, and quality of the Proposed Substitution are equivalent or superior to the Specified Item. The Contractor further warrants that the intent of specifications has been met. 1. Cost Reduction to the Owner: $ ACCEPTANCES: 1. Contractor Acceptance: Representing: Date: 2. Owner Acceptance: Representing Date: 3. Architect Acceptance: Representing Date: Corgan Accepted as Noted Received too late Not Accepted Resubmit with complete documentation Substitution Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid September November 2018

29 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 SECTION CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Proposal Request: A written instrument prepared by the Architect indicating proposed modifications to the Contract Documents. A Proposal Request is not a Change Order nor a directive to proceed with the work describe. 1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Architect will issue through Construction Manager supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on AIA Document G PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. Owner Initiated Proposal Requests: Construction Manager will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the work that require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. 1. Work Change Proposal Requests issued by Construction Manager are not instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. Within time specified in Proposal Request after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. e. For each change request, provide following data: 1) Quantities of products, labor, and equipment. 2) Taxes, insurance, and bonds. 3) Overhead and profit applied to the net result of the modifications. 4) Justification for any change in Contract Time. Contract Modification Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

30 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase ) Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented. 6) Support subcontract costs by similar breakdowns. 3. Architect will issue proposed modifications on AlA Document G709 Work Changes Proposal Request. B. Contractor Initiated Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to Construction Manager. 1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. 5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. 6. Comply with requirements in Section if proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified. 7. Proposal Request Form: Use form acceptable to Architect. 1.5 ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGE ORDERS A. Allowance Adjustment: See Section for administrative procedures for preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum to reflect actual costs of allowances. 1.6 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. On Owner's approval of a Work Change Proposal Request, Construction Manager will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. Construction Change Directive: Construction Manager may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA Document G714. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change Directive. 1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract. Contract Modification Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

31 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 C. After execution of Change Order, promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum. 1. Revise progress schedules to reflect change in Contract Time, revise subschedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit. 2. Enter changes in Project Record Documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION Contract Modification Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

32 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 SECTION PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Applications for Payment to Architect in accordance with schedule established by Conditions of Contract, and Agreement Between Owner and Contractor. 2. Schedule of Values allocated to various portions of work in accordance with schedule established in this Section. Upon request of Architect, support values with data which substantiate correctness. 3. Change Order Procedures. 1.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Preparation: 1. Coordinate preparation of Schedule of Values with preparation of Construction Progress Schedule. 2. Correlate line items in Schedule of Values with other required administrative schedules and forms, including following: a. Construction Progress Schedule, in CPM or bar chart format. b. Application for Payment form. c. List of subcontractors. d. Schedule of alternates. e. List of products. f. List of principal suppliers and fabricators. g. Schedule of submittals. 3. Submit initial Schedule of Values to Architect within 14 days of Notice to Proceed. 4. Submit revised Schedule of Values at earliest possible date, but no later than minimum of 20 days before scheduled date of Initial Application for Payment. B. Form and Content: 1. Arrange Schedule of Values on 8-1/2 inch by 11 inch (213 mm by 280 mm) tabular form on white paper in format acceptable to Architect. 2. Use bar chart or CPM chart as guide to establish format; compile information based on completed tasks. 3. Project Identification: a. Project name and location. b. Name of Architect. c. Project number. d. Contractor's name and address. e. Date of submittal. f. Owner's contract designation. g. Provide columns to indicate following for each item listed: h. Generic name. i. Specific task description. Measurement and Payment Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid September November 2018

33 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 j. Change Orders numbers that have affected value. k. Dollar value. l. Percentage of Contract Sum to nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent. 4. Follow Table of Contents in the Project Manual as format for listing component items; identify each line item with number and title of respective major section of specifications. 5. Provide breakdown of Contract Sum in sufficient detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. 6. Break principal subcontract amounts down into several line items by completed task in various locations. 7. For each major line item, list sub-values of major products or operations under item. 8. Round amounts off to nearest whole dollar, total of listed values shall equal total Contract Sum. 9. For each part of work where Application for Payment includes materials or equipment purchased, fabricated, and stored, but not yet installed, include separate line items on Schedule of Values for initial cost of materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of work. C. Margins of Cost: 1. Show line items for indirect costs, and margins on actual costs, to extent that the items are listed individually in Applications for Payment. 2. Each item in Schedule of Values and Application for Payment shall be complete, including its total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit margin. 3. At Contractor's option, temporary facilities and similar major cost items that are not direct costs of actual work in place may be shown as separate line items in Schedule of Values. 4. Furnish line item cost for each of following general cost items: a. Bonds. b. Insurance. c. Field supervision and layout. d. Temporary facilities and controls. e. Testing. D. Resubmittal: After review by Architect, revise and resubmit schedule as necessary following the same procedures as the original submittal. E. Subschedule of Unit Material Values: 1. Submit subschedule of unit costs and quantities for products on which progress payments will be requested for stored products. 2. Form and Content: a. Form of submittal shall parallel the Schedule of Values, with each item identified same as line item in Schedule of Values. b. Unit quantity for bulk materials shall include an allowance for normal waste. 3. Break down unit values for materials as follows: a. Cost of material, delivered and unloaded at Project Site, with taxes paid. b. Installation costs, including overhead and profit. 4. Installed unit value multiplied by quantity listed shall equal cost of that item in Schedule of Values. Measurement and Payment Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid September November 2018

34 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase After review by Architect, revise and resubmit subschedules as necessary. 6. Resubmit revised subschedules monthly in same manner as the original schedule. 1.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Progress payments shall be made as work proceeds at intervals stated in Contract. Work covered by Progress Payments shall, at time of payment, become property of Owner. B. Form of Application for Payment: Notarized AIA Document G702 - Application and Certification for Payment, supported by AIA Document G703 - Continuation Sheet, submitted in quadruplicate. C. Submit to Architect within 15 days of execution of Owner-Contractor Agreement proposed sample of Lien Waiver and Bills Paid Affidavit forms for review and acceptance by Architect for use on this Contract. D. Conditions governing regular schedule for applications, payment, and retainage are stated in the Agreement. E. Monthly Applications for Payment shall include Waivers of Liens for work included in previous months' Application for Payment. Waiver of Liens for subcontractors and materialmen shall be total amount paid prior to previous month's Application for Payment. F. With each Application for Payment, certify the Application for Payment represents just estimate of cost reimbursable to Contractor under terms of Contract, and certify that there are no Mechanics' or Materialmens' Liens outstanding at date of Application for Payment, that due and payable bills with respect to the work have been paid to date or shall be paid from proceeds of Application for Payment, and that there is no known basis for filing of Mechanics' or Materialmens' Liens against surety in connection with Work, and that Waivers and Bills Paid Affidavit forms from subcontractors and materialmen have been, or will be, obtained in form specified in Contract. G. Initial (First) Application for Payment: 1. Submit within 15 days of execution of Owner-Contractor Agreement, proposed sample of Lien Waiver and Bills Paid Affidavit forms for review and acceptance by Owner for use on this Contract. 2. Administrative actions and submittals that precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include, but are not limited to, the following: 3. List of subcontractors, with indications of MBE or WBE Owner firms. a. List of principal suppliers and fabricators. b. Schedule of Values. c. Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final). d. Submittal Schedule (preliminary if not final). e. Copies of building permits. f. Copies of authorizations and licenses from governing authorities for performance of work. g. Initial progress report. h. Report of Preconstruction meeting. i. Certificates of Insurance and insurance policies. Measurement and Payment Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid September November 2018

35 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 j. Additional items required by the General Conditions. H. Typical Monthly Application for Payment: 1. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous Applications for Payments reviewed by Architect and paid by Owner. 2. Review pencil copy of Application for Payment with Architect at last scheduled job meeting each month, or at other agreeable time as can be scheduled. 3. Submit monthly Application for Payment on 15th day of each month. 4. Period of construction Work covered by each Application for Payment is period ending 15 days prior to date for each progress payment and starting day following end of proceeding period. 5. Work covered by Progress Payments shall, at time of payment, become property of Owner. 6. Form of Application for Payment will be on specified forms, submitted in quadruplicate. 7. Complete each entry on forms, including notarization and execution by person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. 8. Incomplete Applications for Payment will be returned without action. 9. Entries shall match data of Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction Schedule. 10. Use updated schedules if revisions have been made. 11. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued prior to last day of construction period covered by application. 12. Transmit executed copies of each Application for Payment to Architect by means ensuring receipt within 24 hours. 13. Transmit each copy with complete transmittal form listing attachments, and recording appropriate information related to Application in acceptable manner. 14. Waiver of Liens: a. With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanics liens from each contractor, subcontractor and materialman who may be lawfully entitled to file mechanics lien arising out of Contract, and related to work covered by payment application. b. Submit waivers of lien on forms, and in manner, acceptable to Architect. c. Waiver of liens shall be total paid prior to previous month's Application for Payment. 15. With each Application for Payment, certifies the following: a. Application for Payment represents just estimate of cost reimbursable to Contractor under terms of Contract. b. That there are no Mechanics' or Materialmens' Liens outstanding at date of the Application for Payment. c. That due and payable bills with respect to the work have been paid to date or shall be paid from proceeds of the Application for Payment. d. That there is no known basis for filing of Mechanics' or Materialmens' Liens against surety as it relates to the work, and that Waivers and Bills Paid Affidavit forms from subcontractors and materialmen have been, or will be, obtained in form specified in Contract. 16. Progress payments will be made in accordance with General Conditions and the Agreement. Measurement and Payment Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid September November 2018

36 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 I. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: 1. Following issuance of Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit Application for Payment with following administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with application: 2. Proper training of Owner's personnel. 3. Occupancy permits and similar required approvals. 4. Warranties and maintenance agreements. 5. Test, adjust, and balance records. 6. Maintenance instructions. 7. Start up performance reports. 8. Change over information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. 9. Final cleaning. 10. Application for reduction of retainage, and Consent of Surety. 11. Advise on shifting insurance coverage. 12. List of incomplete work, recognized as exceptions to Architect's Certificate of Substantial Completion. 13. Transmittal of required Project construction records to Owner. 14. Removal of temporary facilities and services. 15. Removal of surplus materials, rubbish, and similar elements. 16. Additional items required by General Conditions. 1.4 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. Submit to Architect within 15 days of execution of Owner-Contractor Agreement name of individual authorized to accept changes on behalf of Contractor, and shall be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ of changes in work. B. Change Order forms will be furnished and issued by Architect. C. Contractor Documentation of Changes: 1. Maintain detailed records of Work done on accounting basis acceptable to Architect and Owner. 2. Provide full information required for evaluation of proposed changes. 3. Document each quotation for a change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow evaluation of quotation. 4. On request, provide additional data to support computations: a. Quantities of products, labor and equipment. b. Insurance and bonds. c. Overhead and profit. d. Justification for change in Contract Time. e. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented. 5. Support each request for additional costs, and for Work proposed on time and material basis, with description of products, equipment, cost of labor and subcontracts, completely documented. 6. Computation for changes in Work will be computed in one of manners described in Conditions of the Contract. D. Initiation of Changes: 1. Architect may submit Proposal Request which includes detailed description of change with supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications. Measurement and Payment Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid September November 2018

37 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase Contractor may initiate proposed change by submittal of request to Architect describing proposed change with statement of reason for change, and proposed effect on Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation, and statement of effect on Work of separate contractors. 3. Document requested substitutions in accordance with Section Submission of such requests and receipt of same by Architect does not mean acceptance or approval of proposed change. E. Authorization: 1. Owner may request, through Architect, Construction Change Directive, in writing, instructing Contractor to proceed with changes in work, for subsequent inclusion in Change Order that is pending. 2. Directive will propose basis for necessary adjustments, to Contract Sum or Time. 3. Changes that affect Contract Sum or Contract Time will require Change Order signed by Owner and Architect. 4. Contractor's signature indicates agreement. 5. Orders, written or oral, by Owner through Architect or by Architect shall be treated as Change Order only if Contractor gives Owner proper written notice as described in Conditions of Contract. 6. Promptly execute change in Work only upon receipt of approved Change Order or Owner's written Construction Change Directive. F. Execution: 1. Architect will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in Conditions of Contract. 2. Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as separate line item and adjust Contract Sum as shown on Change Order. 3. Promptly revise Progress Schedules to reflect change in Contract Time, revise subschedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the change and resubmit Schedule. 4. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION Measurement and Payment Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid September November 2018

38 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 SECTION PROJECT COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following: 1. General coordination procedures. 2. Coordination meetings. 3. Coordination of Submittals. 4. Requests for Information (RFI). 5. Coordination of space and installation. 6. Coordination of finishes. 7. Coordination of Contract closeout. 1.2 COORDINATION A. Project Coordination: Construction Manager. B. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of various Sections of Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of construction elements with provisions for accommodating items furnished by Owner to be installed by Contractor. C. Coordinate construction operations included under different sections of Project Manual that are dependent upon each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. D. Review and coordinate requirements for structural, fire protection, plumbing, mechanical, and electrical work indicated on the drawings and in the specifications. Report discrepancies to Architect. E. Maintain services of major subcontractors throughout duration of Contract, except as required by provisions of Conditions of Contract. Notify Architect in writing of intention to replace subcontractors, outlining reasons for action and naming proposed replacement subcontractor. F. Ensure each subcontractor provides devices and equipment under their subcontract is operational. Subcontractor shall inform Contractor when completion and operation of their system is dependent on work of other trades. Arbitrate and resolve coordination conflicts between subcontractors to ensure complete and operational systems. G. Coordinate the work of subcontractors and recording subcontractor installation data on Project Record Documents in accordance with Section H. Coordinate installation of Owner furnished equipment scheduled on the Drawings. Include cost of receiving, handling, and storage of Owner furnished equipment in Contract Sum. Failure to do so shall result in no additional cost to Owner. Project Coordination Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid September November 2018

39 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 I. Communications to Owner from Contractor regarding Contract requirements shall be through Architect. J. Submit submittals to Architect through the Project Coordinator, including but not limited to: 1. Project staffing and organization plan. 2. Proposed subcontractors and materials list. 3. Requests for information (RFI). 4. Requests for substitution. 5. Shop drawings, product data, and samples. 6. Test and inspection reports. 7. Delegated design data. 8. Manufacturer s instructions and field reports. 9. Applications for payment and change order requests. 10. Progress schedules. 11. Coordination drawings. 12. Closeout submittals. 1.3 COORDINATION MEETINGS A. In addition to Progress Meetings, hold coordination meetings and preinstallation meetings with Contractor's personnel, subcontractors, materialmen, and Architect, as necessary, to assure coordination of different trades and disciplines. B. Schedule coordination and preinstallation meetings with Owner, Architect, Contractor and supplier to discuss hardware installation. Schedule first coordination and preinstallation meeting within 30 days of Contract award. C. When necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include items such as: required notices, reports, and attendance at meetings. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors when coordination of their work is required. D. Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with construction activities to avoid conflicts and ensure orderly progress of work. Administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of schedules. 2. Installation and removal of temporary facilities. 3. Delivery and processing of submittals. 4. Progress meetings. 5. Project close out procedures. 1.4 COORDINATION OF SUBMITTALS A. Schedule and coordinate submittals. B. Coordinate work of various trades having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, equipment. C. Coordinate requests for substitutions to assure compatibility of space, of operating elements, effect on Work of other trades, and on work scheduled for early completion. Project Coordination Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid September November 2018

40 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFI) A. Definition: A Request for Information (RFI) is a written request issued by Contractor with respect to the need for clarification, interpretation, or additional information regarding requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Immediately upon discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of the Contract Documents, prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. 1. Architect will return RFIs submitted to Architect by entities controlled by Contractor with no response. 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs promptly avoid delays the work. C. RFIs will be accepted and processed by the Architect on Contract Documents prepared by the Architect or its consultants that are sealed and have been issued for construction. 1. Requests for information or interpretation of preliminary Drawings or Specifications shall be made by normal correspondences, not by RFI. Architect's responses to requests do not constitute Contract requirements of the work. D. Submission of an RFI constitutes representation that the Contractor requires additional information about the Contract Documents after having made careful study and comparison of the Contract Documents, field conditions, other Owner provided information, Contractor prepared coordination drawings, and prior project correspondence or documentation. 1. Architect will not respond to requests where information is conveyed or contained in the Contract Documents or other documents and/or methods as outlined in paragraph above. E. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following: 1. Project name. 2. Project number. 3. Date. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of Architect. 6. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 7. RFI subject. 8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's solution(s) impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 12. Contractor's signature. 13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. a. Include dimensions, thickness, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches. F. RFI Forms: Software generated form with substantially the same content as indicated are acceptable to Architect. Project Coordination Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid September November 2018

41 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 G. Architect's Action: Architect and Construction Manager will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Submit RFI s minimum of 14 days prior to commencing work associated with the RFI. Anticipate minimum of 14 days for Architect s response. Review and respond to RFI s from subcontractors and vendors. H. RFIs received by Architect after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day. 1. The following RFIs will be returned without action: a. Requests for approval of submittals. b. Requests for approval of substitutions. c. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods. d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. f. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs. 2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time for response will date from time of receipt of additional information. 3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Section a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI response. I. On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response. J. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log weekly. Include the following: 1. Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor. 3. Name and address of Architect. 4. RFI number including RFIs that were dropped and not submitted. 5. RFI description. 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date Architect's response was received. 8. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. 9. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. K. Owner reserves the right to withhold sufficient sums from Contractor s Applications for Payment to offset Architect s costs for researching invalid or frivolous RFI s at a rate agreed to between Owner and Architect. 1.6 COORDINATION OF SPACE AND INSTALLATION SEQUENCE A. Coordinate use of Project space and sequence of installation of equipment, elevators, escalators, walks, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, or work indicated diagrammatically Project Coordination Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid September November 2018

42 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 on Drawings. Follow routings shown for tubes, pipes, ducts, conduits, and items as closely as practical, with due allowance for available physical space. Make runs parallel with lines of building, except where not feasible by construction. Utilize space efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for Owner maintenance, and for repairs. B. Except as otherwise indicated in finished areas, conceal ducts, pipes, wiring, and nonfinish items within construction. Coordinate locations of concealed and exposed items with finish elements. C. Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service and repair. D. Coordinate with architectural reflected ceiling plans exact location and dimensioning of exposed items and items which occur within hung ceilings. In event of conflict, request clarification from Architect prior to proceeding with fabrication or installation. E. Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of work. Each subcontractor shall be responsible for coordination of their respective work with the work of the Contractor and other trades. Prepare coordination drawings in accordance with this Section. F. Where installation of one part of work is dependent on installation of other components, either before or after its own installation, schedule construction activities in sequence required to obtain best results. G. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation, including accepted Bid alternates, Owner supplied Contractor installed items, work by others, and installation of products purchased with allowances. 1.7 COORDINATION OF FINISHES A. Identify each room by name and number as it appears on Finish Schedules by posting room identification sign outside each room at main entry to each room. Identification shall be clearly visible, legible, and attached without damaging surface. B. Post accepted finishes scheduled for each room on each door or frame that does not damage or stain surface. Use copy of accepted finish schedule that clearly identifies each finish and location of finishes for the room or area. C. Room identification signs and finish schedules shall remain posted until permanent interior signage has been installed and finishes have been reviewed by Architect, unless otherwise directed. D. Where mounting heights are not indicated, refer decisions to Architect prior to installation. 1.8 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT CLOSEOUT A. Coordinate completion and cleanup of work of separate phases and sections in preparation for Substantial Completion of portions of work designated for Owner partial occupancy as designated. Project Coordination Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid September November 2018

43 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 B. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site by requirements of individual Specification Sections regarding correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents. Minimize disruption of Owner's operations. C. Assemble and coordinate Closeout submittals in accordance with Section PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION Project Coordination Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid September November 2018

44 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 SECTION PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Administrative requirements for: 1. Preconstruction meeting. 2. Progress meetings. 1.2 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A. The Project Coordinator will schedule a preconstruction meeting after issuance of the Notice to Proceed. B. Attendees: Representatives of Owner, Architect, Project Coordinator, Contractor, commissioning authorities attending meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of each represents. C. Agenda: 1. Execution of Owner-Contractor Agreement. 2. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates. 3. Distribution of Contract Documents. 4. Submission of list of Subcontractors, list of Products, schedule of values, and progress schedule. 5. Designation of personnel representing the parties to Contract, Contractor, Owner and Architect. 6. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for payments, proposal request, Change Orders, and Contract closeout procedures. 7. Submittals Schedule. 8. Scheduling. 9. Scheduling activities of a Geotechnical Engineer. D. Record attendees and minutes of meetings, including significant proceedings and decisions. Reproduce and distribute copies of minutes to attendees and to parties affected by decisions made at meeting. 1.3 SITE MOBILIZATION MEETING A. The Project Coordinator will schedule a meeting at the project site prior to Contractor occupancy. B. Attendance Required: Contractor, Owner, Architect, Contractor s Superintendent, Major Subcontractors, Project Coordinator, and Commissioning Authority. C. Agenda: 1. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor. Project Meetings Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

45 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase Owners requirements and occupancy prior to completion. 3. Construction facilities and controls provided by Owner. 4. Temporary utilities provided by Owner. 5. Survey and building layout. 6. Security and housekeeping procedures. 7. Schedules. 8. Application for payment procedures. 9. Procedures for testing. 10. Procedures for maintaining record documents. 11. Requirements for start-up of equipment. 12. Inspection and acceptance of equipment put into service during construction period. D. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with electronic.pdf format copies to Architect, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 1.4 PROJECT PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule regular periodic progress meetings at project field office, as necessary. B. Hold additional meetings as necessary by progress of construction activity. C. Attendees: Representatives of Architect and its consultants as needed, Owner's project representative as needed, Contractor's Superintendent, and major subcontractors as appropriate to agenda, shall be present. D. Minimum Agenda: 1. Review and accept memorandum of previous meeting. 2. Review of work progress since previous meeting. 3. Field observations, problems, conflicts. 4. Problems which impede Construction Schedule. 5. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. 6. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule. 7. Revisions to Construction Schedule. 8. Progress schedule for succeeding work period. 9. Coordination of schedules. 10. Review submittal schedules and status of submittals. 11. Maintenance of quality standards. 12. Pending changes and substitutions. 13. Review proposed changes for effect on construction schedule, on completion, date and effect on other contracts of Project. 14. Other applicable business. E. Hold additional progress meetings at project field office as necessary. F. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with electronic.pdf format copies to Architect, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made. Project Meetings Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

46 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION Project Meetings Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

47 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 SECTION CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for schedules required for proper performance of the work. 1.2 FORMAT AND CONTENT A. Prepare Schedules as horizontal bar chart with separate bar for each major portion of work or operation, identifying first work day of each week, or prepare network analysis system using critical path method, as outlined in The Associated General Contractors of America (AGC) publication "The Use of CPM in Construction - A Manual for General Contractors". 1. Sequence of Listings: Chronological order of start of each item of work according to Table of Contents of this Project Manual. 2. Scale and Spacing: Provide space for notations and revisions. 3. Sheet Size: Multiples of 8-1/2 inch by 11 inch (213 mm by 280 mm). B. Content: Show complete sequence of construction by activity, with dates for beginning and completion of each element of construction. 1. Identify each item by specification Section number. 2. Provide subschedules for each stage of work identified. 3. Provide subschedules to define critical portions of entire Schedule. 4. Show accumulated percentage of completion of each item, and total percentage of work completed, as of first day of each month. 5. Provide separate schedule of submittal dates for shop drawings, product data, and samples, including Owner furnished products and products identified under Allowances, and dates reviewed submittals will be required from Architect. Indicate decision data for selection of finishes. 6. Indicate delivery dates for Owner furnished products and products identified under Allowances. 7. Coordinate content with Schedule of Values. 1.3 REVISIONS TO SCHEDULES A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submittal, and projected completion date of each activity. B. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in scope, and other identifiable changes. C. Provide narrative report to define problem areas, anticipated delays, and impact on Schedule. Report corrective action taken, or proposed, and its effect. Construction Progress Schedule Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

48 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase SUBMITTALS A. Submit initial Schedules within 30 days after the Notice to Proceed. After review, resubmit required revised data within 10 days. B. Submit revised Progress Schedules with each Application for Payment. 1.5 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute copies of reviewed Schedules to project site file, Subcontractors, suppliers, and other concerned parties. B. Instruct recipients to promptly report, in writing, problems anticipated by projections indicated in Schedules. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION Construction Progress Schedule Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

49 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 SECTION PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Preconstruction photographs. 2. Periodic construction photographs. 3. Final completion construction photographs. 1.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project site and building with notation of vantage points marked for location and direction of each photograph. Indicate elevation or story of construction. Include same information as corresponding photographic documentation. B. Digital Photographs: Submit image files within three days of taking photographs. 1. Submit photos on CD-ROM or thumb drive. Include copy of key plan indicating each photograph's location and direction. 2. Identification: Provide the following information with each image description in file metadata tag: 1) Name of Project. 2) Name and contact information for photographer. 3) Name of Architect. 4) Name of Contractor 5) Name of Photographer. 6) Date photograph was taken. 7) Description of location, vantage point, and direction. 8) Unique sequential identifier keyed to accompanying key plan. 3. Digital/media (CD Rom or thumb drive) images will become property of Owner. 4. Catalog and index digital images in chronological sequence. Provide printed table of contents. C. Printed Photographs: Submit two sets of prints of each photographic view within seven days of taking photographs. 1. Format: 8 inch by 10 inch (203 mm by 254 mm) smooth surface matte prints on single weight, paper; enclosed back to back in clear plastic sleeves punched for three ring binder. Include copy of key plan indicating each photograph's location and direction. Provide one binder for each set of prints. 2. Identification: On back of each print, label with the following information: a. Name of Project. b. Name and contact information for photographer. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Name of Photographer. f. Date photograph was taken if not date stamped by camera. Photographic Documentation Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

50 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 g. Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass point), and elevation or story of construction. h. Unique sequential identifier keyed to accompanying key plan. 1.3 FORMATS AND MEDIA A. Digital Photographs: Provide color images in JPG format, produced by a digital camera with minimum sensor size of 12 megapixels, and at an image resolution of not less than 3200 by 2400 pixels, and with vibration reduction technology. Use flash in low light levels or backlit conditions. B. Digital Images: Submit digital media as originally recorded in the digital camera, without alteration, manipulation, editing, or modifications using image editing software. C. Metadata: Record accurate date and time from camera. D. File Names: Name media files with date and Project area and sequential numbering suffix. 1.4 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Photographer: Engage a qualified photographer to take construction photographs. B. Take photographs with maximum depth of field and in focus. 1. Maintain key plan with each set of construction photographs that identifies each photographic location. C. Preconstruction Photographs: Before starting construction, take photographs of Project site and surrounding properties, including existing items to remain during construction, from different vantage points. 1. Flag construction limits before taking construction photographs. 2. Take a minimum of 20 photographs to show existing conditions adjacent to property before starting the work. D. Periodic Construction Photographs: Take a minimum of 20 photographs weekly. Select vantage points to show status of construction and progress since last photographs were taken. E. Final Completion Construction Photographs: Take a minimum of 20 photographs after date of Substantial Completion for submission as Project Record Documents. Architect will inform photographer of desired vantage points. F. Additional Photographs: Owner or Architect may request photographs in addition to periodic photographs specified. Additional photographs will be paid for by Change Order and are not included in the Contract Sum. G. Do not display photographs in publications, contests, or public or private forum without written consent of Owner and Architect. Photographic Documentation Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

51 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase USAGE RIGHTS A. Obtain and transfer copyright usage rights from photographer to Owner for unlimited reproduction of photographic documentation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DELIVERY OF DIGITAL IMAGES A. Deliver digital images prints with each monthly pay application. B. Deliver one set of digital images to Architect, one to Owner, and place one set of digital images in Project Record file specified in Section END OF SECTION Photographic Documentation Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

52 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 SECTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for submittals. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Architect's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as action submittals. B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Architect's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as informational submittals. C. File Transfer Protocol (FTP): Communications protocol that enables transfer of files to and from another computer over a network and that serves as the basis for standard Internet protocols. An FTP site is a portion of a network located outside of network firewalls within which internal and external users are able to access files. D. Portable Document Format (PDF): An open standard file format licensed by Adobe Systems used for representing documents in a device independent and display resolution independent fixed layout document format. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Schedule: Submit a schedule of submittals in electronic format, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule within 30 days of the Notice to Proceed. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional time required for making corrections or modifications to submittals noted by the Architect and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections. 1. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values, and Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Initial Submittal: Submit concurrently with startup construction schedule. Include submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those submittals required to maintain orderly progress of the work and those required early because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication. 3. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's construction schedule. a. Submit revised submittal schedule to reflect changes in current status and timing for submittals. 4. Format: Arrange the following information in a tabular format: Submittal Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

53 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 a. Scheduled date for first submittal. b. Specification Section number and title. c. Submittal category: Action, informational. d. Name of subcontractor. e. Description of the work covered. f. Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval. g. Scheduled dates for purchasing. h. Scheduled dates for installation. i. Activity or event number. 1.4 SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Architect's Digital Data Files: 1. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data drawing files of the Contract Drawings for use in preparing Shop Drawings and Project record drawings. 2. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data drawing files as they relate to the Contract Drawings. 3. Software Requirements: Adobe Acrobat ( Bluebeam PDF Revu 4. or similar PDF review software for applying electronic stamps and comments. 5. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of AIA Document C106, Digital Data Licensing Agreement. a. The following plot files will by furnished for each appropriate discipline: 1) Floor plans. 2) Reflected ceiling plans. B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently unless partial submittals for portions of the work are indicated on approved submittal schedule. 3. Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same Specification Section as separate packages under separate transmittals. 4. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the work to permit processing, including resubmittals. 1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. 3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal. Submittal Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

54 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Architect's consultants, Owner, or other parties is indicated, allow 21 days for initial review of each submittal. 5. Concurrent Consultant Review: Where the Contract Documents indicate that submittals may be transmitted simultaneously to Architect and to Architect's consultants, allow 15 days for review of each submittal. Submittal will be returned to Architect before being returned to Contractor. D. Identification and Information: Place a permanent label or title block on each copy submittal item for identification. 1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 2. Provide a space approximately 6 by 8 inches (150 by 200 mm) on label or beside title block to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect. 3. Include the following information for processing and recording action taken: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Name of subcontractor. f. Name of supplier. g. Name of manufacturer. h. Submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. 1) Submittal number shall use Specification Section number followed by a decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., ). Resubmittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after another decimal point (e.g., A). i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. k. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. l. Other necessary identification. 4. Electronic submittals are not intended for color samples, color charts, or physical material samples. E. Identification and Information: Identify and incorporate information in each electronic submittal file as follows: 1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file with links enabling navigation to each item. 2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. a. File name shall use project identifier and Specification Section number followed by a decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., LNHS ). Resubmittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after another decimal point (e.g., LNHS A). 3. Provide means for insertion to permanently record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect. 4. Include the following information on an inserted cover sheet: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name and address of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. Submittal Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

55 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 e. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal. f. Name of subcontractor. g. Name of supplier. h. Name of manufacturer. i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. k. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. l. Related physical samples submitted directly. m. Other necessary identification. 5. Include the following information as keywords in the electronic file metadata: a. Project name. b. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. c. Manufacturer name. d. Product name. F. Options: Identify options requiring selection by the Architect. G. Deviations: Identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals. H. Transmittal: Submit electronic submittals via as PDF electronic files. 1. Subject Line: Use the same name as the attachment file name, but without the file type extension (that is, without.pdf). 2. File Resolution: Submit required submittals in PDF electronic file format. a. Product Data: Scanned with a minimum resolution of 100 dpi to a maximum 300 dpi. b. Shop Drawings: Maximum 150 dpi. 3. File Size: Compose documents as one consolidated electronic file whenever possible. a. Maximum Size: Not greater than 10MB, unzipped. b. Send s greater than 10 MB in two or more parts by separate s. In such cases denote 1 of 2 and 2 of 2 in the subject line after other required subject line information. c. Electronic file name shall match submittal name. d. Electronic files as a substitution for physical sample requirements will not be accepted without prior approval by Architect. 4. Submittal Return: Architect will return annotated file by . Annotate and retain one copy of file as an electronic Project record document file. I. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form as initial submittal. 1. Note date and content of previous submittal. 2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision. 3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp. J. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. K. Use for Construction: Use final submittals that are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp. Submittal Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

56 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Procedures: electronic submittals as PDF electronic files. Architect will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as an electronic Project record document file. 1. Comply with progress schedule for submittals related to work progress. Coordinate submission of related items. 2. For each submittal for review, allow 15 days excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor. 3. Based on the complexity or volume of the submittal, the anticipate minimum time of four weeks. Consider time when scheduling submittals. 4. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations that may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed work. 5. When revised for resubmission, identify changes made since previous submission. 6. Distribute reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with requirements. 7. Submittals not requested will not be reviewed or recognized. B. Procedure Requirements: Prepare and submit submittals required by individual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections. 1. Action Submittals: After Architect s return of approved submittal, create 6 paper copies of each submittal and transmit to Owner for review and archive purposes. 2. Informational Submittals: Submit two paper copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. Architect will not return copies. 3. Closeout Submittals and Maintenance Material Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Section Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Provide a statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. a. Provide a digital signature with digital certificate on electronically-submitted certificates and certifications where indicated. b. Provide a notarized statement on original paper copy certificates and certifications where indicated. 5. Test and Inspection Reports Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Section C. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. c. Standard color charts. d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards. Submittal Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

57 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 e. Testing by recognized testing agency. f. Application of testing agency labels and seals. g. Notation of coordination requirements. h. Availability and delivery time information. 4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable: a. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring. b. Printed performance curves. c. Operational range diagrams. d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop Drawings. 5. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples. 6. Submit Product Data in the following format: a. PDF electronic file. b. After Architect s return of approved electronic submittal, create 6 paper copies of each submittal and transmit to Owner for their review and archive purposes. D. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. 1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Identification of products. b. Schedules. c. Compliance with specified standards. d. Notation of coordination requirements. e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. 2. Representation: The Contractor represents and warrants that Shop Drawings are prepared by persons and entities possessing expertise and experience in the trade for which the Shop Drawing is prepared and, if required by the Contract Documents or applicable law, by an engineer currently licensed in the State in which the Project is located. 3. Submit Shop Drawings in PDF electronic file. a. After Architect s return of approved electronic submittal, create 6 paper copies of each submittal and transmit to Owner for their review and archive purposes. E. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of the characteristics with elements and for a comparison of the characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. 1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package. 2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name and name of manufacturer. c. Sample source. d. Number and title of applicable Specification Section. Submittal Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

58 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at pproject site, available for quality control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into the work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. b. Samples not incorporated into the work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor. 4. Submit full size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the work, cured and finished as specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. a. Number of Samples: Submit sets of Samples. Architect will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned Sample set as a Project record sample. 1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated. 2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations. F. Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product indicated in the Contract Documents. 2. Manufacturer and product name, and model number if applicable. 3. Number and name of room or space. 4. Location within room or space. 5. Submit product schedule in PDF electronic file. G. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. 4. Submit subcontract list in PDF electronic file. H. Coordination Drawings: Comply with requirements specified in Section I. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact information of architects and owners, and other information specified. Submittal Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

59 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 J. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification and Procedure Qualification Record on American Welding Society (AWS) forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified. K. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project. L. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required. M. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. N. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. O. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. P. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. Q. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information: 1. Name of evaluation organization. 2. Date of evaluation. 3. Time period when report is in effect. 4. Product and manufacturers' names. 5. Description of product. 6. Test procedures and results. 7. Limitations of use. R. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Comply with requirements specified in Section S. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents. T. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. Submittal Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

60 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 U. Field Test Reports: Submit reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. V. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers. 2.2 DAILY REPORTS A. Prepare a daily report concerning construction site events and submit copies to Architect and Owner on a weekly basis or as directed. Reports shall contain the following information: 1. List of subcontractors on site. 2. Approximate count of personnel on site. 3. General weather conditions, with high and low temperatures. 4. Meetings and significant decisions. 5. Accidents and unusual events. 6. Stoppages, delays, shortages and or losses. 7. Meter readings and similar recordings. 8. Orders, requests from governing authorities. 9. Change Orders received and implemented. 10. Services connected or disconnected. 11. Equipment or system tests or start-ups. 12. Partial completion, occupancies. 2.3 ELECTRONIC DATA ON FTP SITE A. For convenience, access to electronic data on the FTP site will be granted upon receipt of the fully executed Electronic Data Transfer Agreement. B. Electronic data (Revit) will be posted to the FTP site upon release for bidding at the conclusion of each bid or document package. C. Construction Manager is responsible for conversion to various computer platforms and distribution to suppliers and subcontractors 2.4 DELEGATED DESIGN SERVICES A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. 1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect. B. Delegated Design Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit digitally-signed PDF electronic file and three paper copies of certificate, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each Submittal Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

61 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional. 1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect. B. Project Closeout and Maintenance/Material Submittals: Refer to requirements in Section C. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 3.2 ARCHITECT'S ACTION A. Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action. B. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action. C. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party. D. Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the work will be reviewed when use of partial submittals has received prior approval from Architect. E. Incomplete submittals are not acceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned without review. F. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded. END OF SECTION Submittal Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

62 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 SECTION ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Procedural requirements for alterations work. 1.2 DESCRIPTION A. Coordinate work of alterations and renovations with new construction. B. Procedures and administrative requirements apply to each Section of Specifications involved in alterations to existing building and equipment. C. In addition to demolition and removal specifically indicated, cut into or partially remove portions of existing building, finishes and equipment as necessary to allow for new construction: 1. Cutting, moving or removal of items not shown to be cut, moved, or removed, but which must be cut, moved, or removed to allow new work to proceed. 2. Work of items which are to remain in finished work shall be patched or reinstalled after their cutting, moving, or removal, and their joints and finishes made to match adjacent or similar work. 3. Removal of existing surface finishes as needed to install new work and new finishes. 4. Removal of abandoned items from project site. 5. Removal of unsuitable or extraneous materials not marked for salvage. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Coordinate work of trades and schedule elements of alterations and renovation work by procedures and methods to expedite completion of work. B. In addition to demolition work specified in Section and that specifically shown, cut, move or remove items as necessary to provide access or to allow alterations and new work to proceed including such items as follows: 1. Repair or removal of unsanitary conditions. 2. Removal of abandoned items and items serving no useful purpose, such as abandoned piping, conduit and wiring. 3. Removal of unsuitable or extraneous materials not indicated for salvage, such as abandoned furnishings and equipment, and debris, such as rotted wood, rusted metals and deteriorated concrete. 4. Cleaning of surfaces, and removal of surface finishes as needed to install new work and finishes. C. Patch, repair and refinish existing items to remain, to specified condition for each material, with smooth transition to adjacent new items of construction. Alteration Project Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

63 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 D. Assign work of moving, removal, cutting and patching, to trades qualified to perform work in manner to cause least damage to each type of work and provide means of returning surfaces to appearance of new work. E. Perform cutting and removal work to remove minimum necessary, and in manner to avoid damage to adjacent work. Cut finish surfaces such as masonry, tile, plaster or metals, by methods to terminate surfaces in straight line at natural point of division. F. Perform cutting and patching as specified in Section G. Protect existing finishes, equipment and adjacent work which is scheduled to remain from damage. Protect existing and new work from weather and extremes of temperature. Maintain existing interior work above 60 degrees F. Provide weather protection, waterproofing, heat and humidity control as needed to prevent damage to remaining existing work and to new work. H. Provide temporary enclosures to separate work areas from existing building and from areas occupied by Owner, and to provide weather protection. I. Discoveries of construction, furnishings and articles having historic or private value shall remain in possession of Owner. 1. Promptly notify Architect of discovery. 2. Protect discovery from damage. 3. Architect will promptly transmit Owner's decision for disposition of discovery. 4. Contractor shall store items to be retained by Owner in safe, dry place, on site and shall dispose of items which Owner releases. 1.4 SCHEDULING, ACCESS, AND SECURITY A. Submit separate detailed subschedule for alterations work, coordinated with Construction Schedule. Indicate following as a minimum: 1. Each stage of work and dates of occupancy of areas. 2. Date of Substantial Completion for each area of alterations work, as appropriate. 3. Trades and subcontractors employed in each stage. B. Interruption of Services: 1. Interruption of utilities and services is prohibited, except as specifically permitted in writing by Owner. 2. Identify areas to be affected by interruption when requesting permission. Search out utility lines to determine effect of each outage upon operations within building. 3. Make requests at least three full days before time of proposed outage. 4. Warranty interruption is prohibited. C. Interruption of Fire Protection Sprinkler System: 1. Notify Owner in writing 72 hours prior to removing, relocating, or reworking sprinkler heads and prior to control valve closure in system. 2. Display red tags entitled "Fire Protection Out of Service" on each closed valve. 3. Notify Owner prior to restoring fire sprinkler system operation. 4. Interruption of existing fire sprinkler system will only be allowed between hours of 10:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m., and only after written authorization from Owner. Alteration Project Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

64 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 D. Security: 1. When keys to locked areas are needed to perform Work, contact Owner representative for access to work area. 2. Maintain security of work areas during entire construction period. E. Maintenance of Access of Operations: 1. During period of construction, Owner will continue to perform normal activities associated with facilities. 2. Maintain proper and safe access. 3. Keep access points free of construction debris. 4. Schedule demolition and remodeling operations with Owner in such manner as to allow existing operations to continue without interruptions. F. Building Access: 1. Access building at locations designated by Owner and Building Management. 2. Access to construction areas within building shall be by passageways and corridors designated by Owner and Building Management. 3. Restrict construction traffic to designated work areas and to access areas specifically designated by Owner and Building Management. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Salvage sufficient quantities of cut or removed material to replace damaged work of existing construction when material is not readily obtainable on current market. Store salvaged items in dry, secure place on site. B. Items not required for use in repair of existing work shall remain property of Owner. C. Do not incorporate salvaged or used material in new construction except with permission of Architect. 2.2 PRODUCTS FOR PATCHING, EXTENDING AND MATCHING A. Provide same products or types of construction as that in existing structure, as needed to patch, extend or match existing work. Contract Documents will not define products or standards of workmanship present in existing construction. Contractor shall determine products by inspection and necessary testing and by use of existing as sample of comparison. B. Presence of product, finish or type of construction, requires that patching, extending or matching shall be performed as necessary to make work complete and consistent to identical standards of quality. Alteration Project Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

65 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Accept site and existing building in condition in which they exist at time access to the work commences. B. While work is in progress, protect existing buildings, grounds, contents and occupants, including those on adjacent properties, whether private or public, from damage or harm due to Work under this Contract. 3.2 ALTERATIONS, CUTTING, AND PROTECTION A. Perform cutting and removal work so as not to cut or remove more than is necessary and so as not to damage adjacent work or substrates. B. Responsibility and Assignment: 1. Move, remove, cut, patch and repair and cause least damage to each type of work encountered. 2. Patching of materials shall be assigned to mechanics skilled in work of finish trade involved. C. Protection: 1. Protect remaining finishes, equipment, and adjacent work from damage caused by cutting, moving, removal and patching operations; protect surfaces which will remain part of finished work. 2. During demolition, cutting, moving, removal and construction, provide positive dust control including installation of temporary coverings, so as to prevent spread of dust and debris to adjacent Owner occupied areas. 3. Erect and maintain barricades and temporary controls as required to protect work; refer to Section D. Temporary Partitions: 1. Provide and maintain temporary and dust partitions to seal openings to Owner occupied areas, to provide temporary security, and to provide protection to public. 2. Locate temporary partitions as indicated. 3. Extend partitions full height to structure or provide ceiling in manner to positively seal construction areas form Owner occupied areas. 4. Framing: a. Commercial softwood species, fire retardant treated in accordance with AWPA C20, and bearing UL Label FR-S. b. Provide continuous 2 x 4 top and bottom plates, 2 x 4 studs at 24 inches (600 mm) on center, and continuous 2 x 4 bridging at 4 feet (1200 mm) on center vertically. c. At Contractor's option, drywall steel studs may be used. d. Provide 3-1/2 inches (88 mm) wide studs 24 inches (600 mm) on center with continuous head and floor channels. 5. Covering: a. 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick gypsum board. b. Apply to one side of studs with vinyl foam tape and supplemental fasteners. Alteration Project Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

66 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase Doors: Single acting doors, opening out, with sturdy closer, closing against gasketed stops on frame to reduce passage of cover partitions; provide ample wood push bars and bump plates. 7. Sealing: a. Seal perimeter of partitions and doors to prevent passage of dust. b. Tape fastener depressions, horizontal joints between panels, and joints between panels and floors, ceilings and columns with 2 inches (51 mm) wide pressure sensitive tape. c. Install tape on construction side of partition. d. Provide additional polyethylene sheeting where required to provide positive dust seal. 8. Mats: Provide mats at doors to reduce tracking of dust; replace or clean daily. E. Demolition: 1. Cut and remove designated items in accordance with Section Do not cut or remove structural member. 3. Avoid excessive vibrations in demolition procedures that would be transmitted through existing structure and finish materials. 4. Schedule demolition in accordance with phasing requirements. F. Debris: 1. Remove debris promptly from site each day. 2. Load removed material directly onto trucks for removal from property. 3. Dispose of removed material legally; do not burn. 4. Do not allow debris to enter sewers. 5. Do not let piled material endanger structure. 6. Prevent occurrence of unsanitary conditions, staining or damage due to debris. 3.3 PATCHING A. Quality of patched or extended work shall not be less than that specified for new work. B. When new work abuts or finishes flush with existing work, make smooth transition. Patched work shall match existing adjacent work in texture and appearance so the patch or transition is invisible at distance of 5 feet. C. When finished surfaces are cut in such manner that smooth transition with new work is not possible, terminate existing surface in straight line at natural line of division, and provide trim appropriate to finished surface. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Where partitions are removed, patch floors, walls, and ceilings with finish materials to match existing. Where removal of partitions results in adjacent spaces becoming one, rework floors and ceilings to provide smooth planes breaks, steps or bulkheads. B. Where extreme change of plane of 2 inches (51 mm) or more occurs, request instructions from Architect as to method of making transition. C. Trim and refinish existing doors as necessary to clear new floors. Alteration Project Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

67 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 D. Patch and replace portion of existing finished surface which is found to be damaged, lifted, discolored or shows other imperfections with matching material. E. Provide adequate support of substrate prior to patching finish. F. Refinish patched portions of painted or coated surfaces in manner to produce uniform color and texture over entire surface. When existing surface finish cannot be matched, refinish entire surface to nearest intersections. END OF SECTION Alteration Project Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

68 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 SECTION INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Administrative requirements for: 1. Construction activity types. 2. Infection control groups and performance requirements. 3. Quality control. 4. Infection control procedures. 5. Enforcement. 1.2 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preinstallation Meeting: Conduct a preinstallation meeting one week prior to the start of the work; require attendance by all installers. 1.3 CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES A. The construction activity types are defined by the amount of dust that is generated, the duration of the activity, and the amount of shared HVAC systems. Contact the Owner s Representative if any activity is questionable under these guidelines. B. Type A: Inspections and Non-Invasive Activities, includes, but is not limited to: 1. Removal of ceiling tiles for visual inspection (limited to 1 tile per 50 square feet). 2. Painting (but not sanding) and wallcovering. 3. Electrical trim work and minor plumbing. 4. Activities that do not generate dust or require cutting of walls or access to ceilings other than for visual inspection. C. Type B: Small scale, short duration activities that create minimal dust, includes, but is not limited to: 1. Installation of telephone and computer cabling. 2. Access to chase spaces. 3. Cutting of walls or ceiling where dust migration can be controlled. D. Type C: Any work that generates a moderate to high level of dust or requires demolition or removal of a fixed building components or assemblies, includes, but is not limited to: 1. Sanding of walls for painting or wallcovering. 2. Removal of floor coverings, ceiling tiles and casework. 3. New wall construction. 4. Minor ductwork or electrical work above ceilings. 5. Major cabling activities. 6. Activity that cannot be completed within a single work shift. E. Type D: Major demolition and construction projects, includes, but is not limited to: 1. Activities that require consecutive work shifts. Infection Control Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

69 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase Requires heavy demolition or removal of a complete ceiling system. 3. New construction. 1.4 INFECTION CONTROL RISK GROUPS GROUP 1 GROUP2 GROUP 3 GROUP4 Lowest Medium Medium High Highest Office areas Patient areas not Emergency Room Operating Rooms, otherwise listed Sterile Processing Clinics not otherwise Radiology, MRI Cardiovascular listed Recovery Corridors and lobbies Post Anesthesia Care Labor and Delivery not in patient care Unit Operating Rooms areas New Born Nursery Cardiac Catheterization Lab Labor and Delivery Intensive Care Unit Renal Patient Care Oncology Day Surgery Transplant Unit Intensive Care Units Nuclear Medicine Cardiology Anesthesia and pump area Admission, Discharge Endoscopy Physical Therapy tank Pharmacy Admixture area Echocardiography Laboratories 1.5 CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY/INFECTION CONTROL MATRIX A. Determine the level of infection control classification necessary for the work by matching the construction activity with the designated risk group in the Matrix. Provide the associated infection control procedures. B. CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY RISK LEVEL Type A Type B Type C Type D Group 1 I II II lll/iv Group 2 I II Ill IV Group 3 I Ill lll/iv IV Group 4 I lllll/iv lll/iv IV 1.6 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Infection control is critical. Conduct construction activities causing disturbance of existing dust, or creating new dust, in tight enclosures cutting off flow of particles into patient areas. B. Require contractors, subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, material suppliers, vendors, employees, or agents to be bound by the same requirements. Prior to the start of Infection Control Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

70 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 construction on site, the Contractor s on-site management team shall attend a mandatory meeting held by the Owner s Infection Control authorities, for training and instruction on precautions. C. Provide HEPA equipped air filtration machines air flow into construction area fewer than 100 FPM at barricade entrances with doors fully open. Connect HEPA equipped air filtration machines to normal power and ganged to a single switch for emergency shut off and run continuously. D. Owner s Safety or Infection Control Departments may modify performance requirements for certain activities. Modifications made by Owner s personnel does not relieve the Contractor of compliance with proper infection control procedures. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Submit report of infection control procedures, including location and details of barriers. B. Product Data: Submit product data for products used in infection control program. 1.8 QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner s Infection Control Department will monitor biological counts in vicinity of work. B. Whenever safe levels are exceeded, Contractor will be notified to correct conditions immediately. 1. Stop work whenever a hazardous infection control deficiency exists. 2. Take immediate action to correct deficiencies. 3. Failure to correct deficiencies will result in corrective action taken by the Owner and deduction of costs to correct the deficiencies from the Contract. 1.9 NOTIFICATION A. Notify Owner s Representative prior to beginning Class Ill or higher procedures and activity in a Group 4 Infection Control Group. PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. MATERIALS B. Sheet Plastic: Fire retardant polyethylene, minimum 6 mil thickness, color white. C. Barrier Doors: Solid core wood in metal frame, painted. D. HEPA Equipped Air Filtration Machines: Provide HEPA filter, primary and secondary filter. 1. Manufacturer: Advanced Containment Systems, Inc. 2. Product: Forced Air 2000 HEPA equipped air filtration units. E. Exhaust Hoses: Heavy duty, flexible steel reinforced. 1. Manufacturer: Federal Hose Mfg. Co. Infection Control Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

71 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase Product: Ventilation Blower Hose, WPC. F. Adhesive Walk Off Mats: Provide minimum size mats of 24 inches x 30 inches. 1. Manufacture: 3M. 2. Product: Clean-Walk Framed Mates, 5840 Series. G. Disinfectant: Owner approved disinfectant. H. Control Cube: Portable ceiling access module with heavy duty vinyl enclosure. 1. Manufacturer: Fiberlock Technologies, Inc. 2. Product: Kontrol Kube Jr. I. HEPA Vacuums: 1. Small: a. Manufacturer: 3M Brand. b. b. Product: Model No. 497; Mini Vac HEPA Filter Equipped Vacuum. 2. Large: a. Manufacturer: Aramsco b. Product: Model No ; Polytank Wet/Dry HEPA Filter Equipped Vacuum. 2.2 BARRIERS A. Closed door with masking tape applied over the frame and door is acceptable for work that can be contained within a single room. B. Construction, demolition, or reconstruction not capable of containment within a single room shall erect the following barriers: 1. Airtight plastic barrier extending from floor to ceiling. Seams sealed with duct tape to prevent dust and debris from escaping. 2. Drywall barrier erected with joints covered or sealed to prevent dust and debris from escaping. 3. Seal penetrations in existing barriers airtight. 4. Barriers at penetration of ceiling envelops, chases, and ceiling spaces to stop movement of air and debris. 5. Ante room or double entrance openings that allow for workers to remove protective clothing or vacuum off existing clothing. 6. At elevator shafts or stairways within the field of construction. 7. Overlapping flap minimum 2 feet (610 mm) wide at polyethylene enclosures for personnel access. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Maintain manpower and equipment, including dust mops, wet mops, brooms, buckets, and clean wiping rags, for cleaning fine dust from floors in adjacent occupied areas. B. Contain work areas outside of construction barriers, including spaces above ceilings, with full height polyethylene sheet barrier, tightly taped. Infection Control Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

72 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 C. Clean up dust tracked outside of construction area immediately. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Make temporary construction barriers and closures above ceilings dust tight. B. Remove debris in tightly covered containers. C. Provide adhesive mats or carpets at barricade entrances and in the ante room. Keep mats clean and changed daily or as necessary to prevent accumulation of dust. D. Remove dust tracked outside of barrier immediately. Perform cleaning outside barrier by HEPA filtered vacuum or damp mop. E. Replaced immediately any ceiling access panels opened for investigation beyond sealed areas when unattended. F. Cap existing ventilation ducts within the construction area. Method of capping ducts shall be dust tight and withstand airflow. G. When openings are made into existing ceilings, use Control Cube or provide polyethylene enclosure around ladder sealing off opening, fitted tight to ceiling and floor. Provide thorough cleaning of existing surfaces that become exposed to dust. H. Carefully perform removal of construction barriers and ceiling protection after normal work hours. Vacuum and clean surfaces free of dust after the removal. 1. When access panels are opened in occupied areas, for work above ceilings, use Control I. Cube or provide polyethylene enclosure around ladder sealing off opening, fitted tight to ceiling and floor. J. Perform vacuuming outside areas, not under negative pressure, with a certified HEPA filtered vacuum. K. Construct ante room to maintain negative airflow from clean area through ante room and into work area. 3.3 INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES A. Notify Owner s Representative prior to commencing construction. B. The Owner s Representative will evaluate each work order. Owner reserves the right to add infection control procedures on an individual basis. C. The Owner s Representative will make periodic visits to work site to ensure compliance of policy. D. Class I: Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. 1. Immediately replace ceiling tile displaced for visual inspection. 2. Cleanup and disposal in accordance with Section Infection Control Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

73 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 E. Class II: Provide active means to prevent air borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere. 1. Water mist work surfaces to control dust while cutting. 2. Seal unused doors with masking tape. 3. Cap and seal ductwork. 4. Wipe work surfaces with disinfectant. F. Class Ill: Notify Owner s Representative before commencing construction activities. 1. Isolate HVAC system in area where work is being done to prevent contamination of duct systems. 2. Complete critical barriers before construction begins or implement control cube method. 3. Maintain negative air pressure within work site utilizing HEPA equipped air filtration units. 4. Contain construction waste before transport in tightly covered containers. 5. Cover transport receptacles or carts. Tape covering. 6. Wet mop and/or vacuum with HEPA filtered vacuum before leaving work area. 7. Place dust mat at entrance and exit of work area. 8. Remove isolation of HVAC system in areas where Work is being performed. G. Class IV: Notify Owner s Representative before commencing construction activities. 1. Isolate HVAC system in area where work is being done to prevent contamination of duct system. 2. Complete critical barriers before construction begins or implement control cube method. 3. Maintain negative air pressure within Work Site utilizing HEPA equipped air filtration units. 4. Seal holes, pipes, conduits, and punctures appropriately. 5. Construct ante room and require personnel to pass through the room to be vacuumed using HEPA vacuum cleaner before leaving work site or wear cloth or paper coveralls that are removed each time they leave the work site. 6. Personnel entering work site are required to wear shoe covers. Shoe covers must be changed each time the worker exits the work area. 7. Provide adhesive walk off mats at entrance to work area within the ante room. Replace used mats with new mats in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations. 8. Do not remove barriers from work area until completed project is inspected by the Owner s Representative and thoroughly cleaned. 9. Vacuum work area with HEPA filtered vacuums. 10. Wet mop area with disinfectant. 11. Remove barrier materials carefully to minimize spreading of dirt and debris associated with construction. 12. Contain construction waste before transport in tightly covered containers. 13. Cover transport receptacles or carts. Tape covering. 14. Remove isolation of HVAC system in areas where Work is being performed. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Maintain equipment and replacement of HEPA and other filters in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations. Infection Control Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

74 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 B. Field inspection and testing will be performed by the Owner s Representative. C. Owner s personnel will monitor air quality throughout project. 3.5 ENFORCEMENT A. For breach of this infection control policy the Owner will stop the work of the project, and the Contractor shall pay for associated costs incurred by the Owner, as well as for correction of the work. B. The Owner s Representative will record the following: 1. Document each violation with photographs. 2. Maintain a record of all infection control violations. C. Violations of infection control policies may affect status as a responsible Contractor for bidding future work. END OF SECTION Infection Control Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

75 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 SECTION QUALITY PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. B. Testing and inspection services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Specific quality assurance and quality control requirements for individual work results are specified in their respective Specification Sections. Requirements in individual Sections may also cover production of standard products. 2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality assurance and quality control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality assurance and quality control services required by Architect, Owner, Commissioning Authority, Construction Manager, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by quality provisions. 4. Specific test and inspection requirements are not specified in this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of five years documented experience in similar projects of the nature, size, and extent of this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, and where specified, having been trained and certified by the manufacturer. B. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. 1. Use of trade specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s). C. Mockups: Full size physical assemblies constructed on site either as freestanding temporary built elements or as part of permanent construction. Mockups are constructed to verify selections; to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution; to review coordination, testing, or operation; to show interface between dissimilar materials; and to demonstrate compliance with specified installation tolerances. Mockups are not samples. Unless otherwise indicated, approved mockups establish the standard by which the work will be judged. Quality Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

76 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 D. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before products and materials are incorporated into the work, to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria. E. Product Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) according to 29 CFR , by a testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP), or by a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements. F. Source Quality Control Tests: Tests and inspections performed at the source; for example, plant, mill, factory, or shop. G. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency. H. Quality Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements. I. Quality Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect. 1.3 DELEGATED DESIGN SERVICES A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. 1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect. 1.4 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A. Referenced Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding. B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding. Quality Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

77 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit for mockups, provide plans, sections, and elevations, indicating materials and size of mockup construction. 1. Indicate manufacturer and model number of individual components. 2. Provide axonometric drawings for conditions difficult to illustrate in two dimensions. B. Delegated Design Services Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit a statement signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional, indicating that the products and systems are in compliance with performance and design criteria indicated. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's Quality Control Plan: Submit plan or quality assurance and quality control activities and responsibilities. B. Qualification Data: Submit data for Contractor's quality control personnel. C. Contractor's Statement of Responsibility: When required by authorities having jurisdiction, submit copy of written statement of responsibility sent to authorities having jurisdiction before starting work on the following systems: 1. Seismic force resisting system, designated seismic system, or component listed in the designated seismic system quality assurance plan prepared by Architect. 2. Main wind force resisting system or a wind resisting component listed in the wind force resisting system quality assurance plan prepared by Architect. D. Testing Agency Qualifications: Testing agencies who have demonstrated their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority. Coordinate with IBC requirement for the Statement of Special Inspections prepared by Architect, if applicable to Project. E. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following: 1. Specification Section number and title. 2. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections. 3. Description of test and inspection. 4. Identification of applicable standards. 5. Identification of test and inspection methods. 6. Number of tests and inspections required. 7. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections. 8. Requirements for obtaining samples. 9. Unique characteristics of each quality-control service. F. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports and documents as specified. G. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's record, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, Quality Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

78 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the work. 1.7 QUALITY CONTROL PLAN A. Quality Control Plan: Submit quality control plan within 10 days of Notice to Proceed, and not less than five days prior to preconstruction conference. Submit in format acceptable to Architect. Identify personnel, procedures, controls, instructions, tests, records, and forms to be used to carry out Contractor's quality assurance and quality control responsibilities. Coordinate with Contractor's construction schedule. B. Quality Control Personnel Qualifications: Engage qualified fulltime personnel trained and experienced in managing and executing quality assurance and quality control procedures similar in nature and extent to those required for Project. 1. Project quality control manager may also serve as Project superintendent. C. Testing and Inspection: In quality control plan, include a comprehensive schedule of Work requiring testing or inspection, including the following: 1. Contractor performed tests and inspections including Subcontractor performed tests and inspections. Include required tests and inspections and Contractor elected tests and inspections. Distinguish source quality control tests and inspections from field quality control tests and inspections. 2. Special inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction and indicated on the Statement of Special Inspections. 3. Owner performed tests and inspections indicated in the Contract Documents [, including tests and inspections indicated to be performed by Commissioning Authority]. D. Submittal Procedure: Describe procedures for ensuring compliance with requirements through review and management of submittal process. Indicate qualifications of personnel responsible for submittal review. E. Testing and Inspection: In quality control plan, include a comprehensive schedule of work requiring testing or inspection, including the following: 1. Contractor performed tests and inspections including subcontractor performed tests and inspections. Include required tests and inspections and Contractor elected tests and inspections. 2. Special inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Owner performed tests and inspections indicated in the Contract Documents. F. Continuous Inspection of Workmanship: Describe process for continuous inspection during construction to identify and correct deficiencies in workmanship in addition to testing and inspection specified. Indicate types of corrective actions to be required to bring work into compliance with standards of workmanship established by Contract requirements and approved mockups. G. Monitoring and Documentation: Maintain testing and inspection reports including log of approved and rejected results. Include work Architect has indicated as nonconforming or defective. Indicate corrective actions taken to bring nonconforming work into Quality Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

79 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 compliance with requirements. jurisdiction. Comply with requirements of authorities having 1.8 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address, telephone number, and address of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspection. 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting. B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of technical representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and acceptability for installation of product. 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and what corrective action was taken. 5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. C. Factory Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's factory authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified. Include the following: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory authorized service representative making report. 2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements. 3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 4. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Entity having a minimum of 5 years documented experience in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated, as well as sufficient Quality Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

80 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 production capacity to produce required units. As applicable, procure products from manufacturers able to meet qualification requirements, warranty requirements, and technical or factory authorized service representative requirements. B. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm having minimum 5 years documented experience in producing products similar to those indicated, a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. D. Installer Qualifications: A entity experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. F. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated. H. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. 1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists. I. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspection indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities. J. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. K. Factory Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. L. Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the following: 1. Contractor responsibilities include the following: a. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction. b. Submit specimens with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the work. Quality Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

81 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 c. Provide sizes and configurations of test assemblies, mockups, and laboratory mockups to adequately demonstrate capability of products to comply with performance requirements. d. Build site assembled test assemblies and mockups using installers who will perform same tasks for Project. e. Build laboratory mockups at testing facility using personnel, products, and methods of construction indicated for the completed work. f. When testing is complete, remove test specimens and test assemblies, and mockups; do not reuse products. 2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality assurance service to Architect and Commissioning Authority, through Construction Manager, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. M. Mockups: Before installing portions of the work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed work: 1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or as directed by Architect. and Construction Manager 2. Notify Architect and Construction Manager seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed. 3. Employ supervisory personnel who will oversee mockup construction. Employ workers that will be employed during the construction at Project. 4. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 5. Obtain Architect's and Construction Manager s approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction. a. Allow seven days for initial review and each re-review of each mockup. 6. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed work. 7. Demolish and remove mockups when directed unless otherwise indicated QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services. 1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspection they are engaged to perform. 2. Payment for these services will be made from testing and inspection allowances, as authorized by Change Orders. 3. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor, and the Contract Sum will be adjusted by Change Order. B. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality control activities, regardless if specified, to verify and document that the complies with requirements. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, regardless if specified. Quality Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

82 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase Engage a qualified testing agency to perform quality control services. a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner. 3. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when work that requires testing or inspection will be performed. 4. Where quality control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality control service. 5. Testing and inspection requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 6. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct. C. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents. D. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect, Commissioning Authority, Construction Manager, and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. 1. Notify Architect, Commissioning Authority, Construction Manager, and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the work during performance of its services. 2. Determine the locations from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are conducted. 3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality control service through Contractor. 5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the work. 6. Do not perform duties of Contractor. E. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory authorized service representative to inspect field assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing. F. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical representative to observe and inspect the work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services include participation in preinstallation conferences, examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the work, and submittal of written reports. G. Associated Contractor Services: Cooperate with agencies and representatives performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. Quality Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

83 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspection. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspection equipment at Project site. H. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required testing, quality assurance, and quality control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. I. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar quality control services required by the Contract Documents as a component of Contractor's quality control plan. Coordinate and submit concurrently with Contractor's Construction Schedule. Update as the work progresses. 1. Distribution: Distribute schedule to Owner, Architect, [ Commissioning Authority,] [ Construction Manager,] testing agencies, and each party involved in performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Special Tests and Inspections: Conducted by a qualified testing agency or special inspector as required by authorities having jurisdiction, as indicated in individual Specification Sections: 1. Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality-control procedures and reviewing the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to perform the Work. 2. Notifying Architect, Construction Manager, and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 3. Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality control service to Architect, through Construction Manager, with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies. 5. Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. 6. Retesting and reinspecting corrected work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. Quality Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

84 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG A. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following: 1. Date test or inspection was conducted. 2. Description of the work tested or inspected. 3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect. 4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection. B. Maintain log at project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's and Construction Manager's reference during normal working hours. 1. Submit log at Project closeout as part of Project Record Documents. 3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. On completion of testing, inspection, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Section B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality control service activities. C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality control services. END OF SECTION Quality Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

85 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 SECTION REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Regulatory requirements. 1.2 GOVERNING REQUIREMENTS A. Applicable governing laws, codes, and regulations of the jurisdiction in which the project is located are found in the Contract Documents. B. Codes: 1. Where references are made on Drawings or Specifications to codes, they shall be considered an integral part of the Contract Documents as minimum standards. Nothing contained in Contract Documents shall be construed to conflict with law, bylaws, or regulation of municipal, State, Federal, or authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Perform work in compliance with: a. The Building Codes listed on Drawings. b. National, state and local barrier free regulations, laws, and ordinances. c. NFPA Life Safety Code and other applicable NFPA Standards. 1.3 FIRE RESISTANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire Resistance Ratings and Fire Tests: Determine fire resistance ratings of building elements, components, and assemblies in accordance with the test procedures set forth in ASTM E 119 or UL 263, or by alternative methods approved by applicable authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Determine fire resistance ratings or listing based on fire tests performed by one of the following testing agencies, or an agency acceptable to governing authorities having jurisdiction. a. Factory Mutual Laboratories. b. Intertek. c. Southwest Research Institute. d. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. 2. Where reference is made to one testing authority, equivalent fire ratings determined or listed by another testing agency are acceptable if approved by applicable authorities having jurisdiction. B. Marking and Identification: Permanently identify fire walls, fire barriers, fire partitions, smoke barriers, and smoke partitions, and other walls or partitions required to have protected openings or penetrations with signage or stenciling. Identification shall be: 1. Located in accessible floor plenums, ceiling plenums, or attic spaces as applicable. 2. Repeated at intervals not exceeding 30 feet (10 m) o.c., measured horizontally along the partition or wall. Regulatory Requirements Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

86 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase Of lettering not less than 1/2 inch (13 mm) in height, worded as follows: "FIRE AND/OR SMOKE BARRIER - PROTECT OPENINGS AND PENETRATIONS." PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION Regulatory Requirements Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

87 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 SECTION REFERENCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITIONS A. "Acceptance", "acceptable", or words of similar import: Acceptance, acceptable or similar words shall be as determined by Architect. B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. Approval does not release Contractor from responsibility to fulfill Contract Document requirements. C. "At no extra cost to Owner", "With no extra compensation to Contractor", "At Contractor's own expense", or words of similar import: Terms shall be understood to mean that Contractor shall perform or provide specified operation of Work at no increase to Contract Sum stated in executed Contract. D. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." E. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. F. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." No limitation on location is intended except as specifically noted. G. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. H. "Installer" is entity engaged by Contractor, either as employee, subcontractor or subsubcontractor for performance of particular construction activity, including installation, erection, application and similar operations. Installers are required to be experienced in operations they are engaged to perform. Term "experienced", when used with term "installer", means having minimum five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project, and familiar with precautions required, and has complied with requirements of authority having jurisdiction. I. "NIC": Work of this Project which is not being performed or provided as part of Contract; term shall mean "Not in This Contract" or "Not Part of Work to be Performed or Provided References Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

88 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 by Contractor". "NIC" work is indicated as aid to Contractor in scheduling amount of time and materials necessary for completion of Contract. J. "Other acceptable manufacturer", "equal", "acceptable equal", "equivalent", or words of similar import: It shall be understood that words are followed by expression "at sole discretion of Architect" even though words may not appear in print. K. "Perform": Contractor, at his own expense, shall perform operations necessary to complete Work, including furnishing of necessary labor, tools and equipment, and further including and installing of materials indicated, specified or required to complete performance. L. "Project Site" or site is space available to Contractor for performance of work, either exclusively or in conjunction with others performing construction as part of Project. Extent of Project Site is shown on Contract Drawings and may or may not be identical with description of land upon which Project is to be built. M. "Provide": Contractor, at his own expense, shall furnish and install Work complete in place and ready for use, including furnishing of necessary labor, materials, tools, equipment and transportation. Definitions apply same to future, present and past tenses, except word "provided" may mean "contingent upon" where context is apparent. N. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. O. "Require" and words of similar import: As required to complete Work and required by Architect. P. "Testing Laboratory" is independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or tests, either at Project Site or elsewhere, and to report on, and if required, to interpret results of those inspections or tests. 1.2 SPECIFICATION SENTENCE STRUCTURE A. Specifications are written in modified brief style. In general, words "the", "a", "an", "shall", "shall be", and "all" are not used. Requirements indicated and specified apply to work of same kind, class, and type even though word "all" is not stated. B. Simple imperative mood of sentence structure is used in Specification Sections which places verb as first word in sentence. Where "perform", "provide", "install", "erect", "furnish", "connect", "test", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that words include meanings of phrase "Contractor Shall..." before words. C. Standard paragraph titles and other identifications of subject matter in Specifications are intended as aid in locating and recognizing various requirements in Specifications. Titles do not define, limit or otherwise restrict Specifications text. Capitalizing of words in text does not signify or mean that words convey special or unique meanings having precedence over other parts of Contract Documents. Specification text shall govern over titling and shall be understood as interpreted as a whole. References Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

89 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase DOCUMENT ORGANIZATION A. Organization of Project Manual and Contract Drawings are not intended to control or to lessen responsibility of Contractor in dividing work among its subcontractors, or in establishing extent of work performed by each trade. 1.4 SYMBOLS A. Graphic symbols used in Contract Documents are those symbols recognized in construction industry for indicated purposes. Where not otherwise noted, symbols are those defined in Architectural Graphics Standards, published by John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Eighth Edition. B. Graphic symbols used on mechanical and electrical drawings are generally aligned with symbols recommended by ASHRAE. Where appropriate, mechanical and electrical symbols are supplemented by more specific symbols recommended by technical associations including ASME, ASPE, IEEE, and similar organizations. Request clarification from Architect if symbols are unfamiliar. 1.5 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. 1. When conflict exists between requirements of reference standards and Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated. C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source. 2. Make reference standards available as requested or required by Architect or Owner. Maintain copies of standard at project site throughout construction period. 1.6 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entity. B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entity. C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entity. References Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

90 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 D. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations E. State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entity. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION References Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

91 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 SECTION TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. 1.2 USE CHARGES A. Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities engaged in the Project to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Owner's construction forces, Architect, occupants of Project, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Water and Sewer Service from Existing System: Water from Owner's existing water system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations. C. Electric Power Service from Existing System: Electric power from Owner's existing system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Site Utilization Plan: Show temporary facilities, temporary utility connections, staging areas, construction site entrances, vehicle circulation, and parking areas for construction personnel. B. Fire Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 and authorities having jurisdiction. Indicate Contractor personnel responsible for management of fire prevention program. C. Moisture and Mold Protection Plan: Describe procedures and controls for protecting materials and construction from water absorption and damage and mold. D. Dust and HVAC Control Plan: Submit coordination drawing and narrative that indicates dust and HVAC control measures proposed for use, proposed locations, and proposed time frame for their operation. Coordinate dust control with Owner s infectious control procedures. Include the following: 1. Locations of dust control partitions at each phase of work. 2. HVAC system isolation schematic drawing. 3. Location of proposed air filtration system discharge. 4. Waste handling procedures. 5. Other dust control measures. Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

92 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Accessible Temporary Egress: Comply with applicable provisions in the United States Access Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines, ICC/ANSI A117.1, and Texas Accessibility Standards (TAS). 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Materials may be new or used, adequate in capacity for required usage, must not create unsafe conditions, and must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards. B. Should it become necessary to temporarily remove safety items, replace immediately, in compliance with applicable regulations. 2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Common Use Field Office: Of sufficient size to accommodate needs of Owner, Architect, and construction personnel office activities and to accommodate Project meetings. Keep office clean and orderly. Furnish and equip offices with furniture required for Project site documents including file cabinets, plan tables, plan racks, and bookcases. 2.3 EQUIPMENT A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures. B. HVAC Equipment: Use of Owner s existing permanent HVAC system is permitted to the extent it is available during the work. 1. Use of gasoline burning space heaters, open flame heaters, or salamander type heating units is prohibited. 2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. 3. Permanent HVAC System: If Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system for temporary use during construction, provide filter with minimum MERV of 8 at each return air grille in system, remove at end of construction, and clean HVAC system as required in Section C. Air Filtration Units: Primary and secondary HEPA filter equipped portable units with four stage filtration. Provide single switch for emergency shutoff. Configure to run continuously. Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

93 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SECURITY A. Provide security and facilities to protect work, existing facilities, and Owner s operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft. 1. Coordinate with Owner s security program. 2. Register construction personnel with Owner s Security Office. 3. Obtain ID badges for construction personnel. ID badges shall be worn at all times. 4. Provide emergency telephone numbers for contractors, subcontractors and vendors. 3.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Conservation: Coordinate construction and use of temporary facilities with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. Coordinate use of temporary utilities to minimize waste. 1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated into, the work. Refer to the individual specification sections for disposition of salvaged materials designated as Owner's property. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Locate facilities where they serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the work. B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 3.4 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. Use of existing utility services is permitted to the extent it is available during the work and tapping into existing utilities and services does not interfere with Owner s or hospital operations. When utility services are not available, provide temporary utilities. B. When tapping into Owner s existing services, coordinate with Project Coordinator before tapping into existing utility services available in the building. 1. Electric Power: Provide electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics required for construction operations. 2. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions. a. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire system 3. Water Service: Provide water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for construction. 4. Sanitary Facilities: Owner s Project Manager will designate sanitary facilities for use during the work. Maintain toilet room is a clean and sanitary manner. Provide Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

94 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 toilet paper, paper towels, and related accessories and maintenance items. Clean and disinfect toilet rooms daily. a. At the end of the work, thoroughly clean, disinfect, restore toilet rooms to like new condition. Replace plumbing fixtures and toilet accessories broken or removed by construction personnel. If necessary, repaint paintable surfaces. C. Drinking Water: Furnish potable water for personnel connected with work. Provide drinking water in suitable containers or dispensers and paper cups located in close proximity to where work is in progress. D. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common use facilities for use by construction personnel. Install WiFi cell phone access equipment and one land based telephone line(s). E. Electronic Communication Service: Provide a computer in the primary field office or area to access Project electronic documents and maintain electronic communications. Equip computer with not less than the following: 1. Processor: Intel Core i5 or i7. 2. Memory: Minimum 8 gigabyte. 3. Disk Storage: 500 gigabyte hard disk drive and combination DVD-RW/CD-RW drive. 4. Display: 24 inch (610 mm) LCD monitor with 256-Mb dedicated video RAM. 5. Full size keyboard and mouse. 6. Network Connectivity: 10/100BaseT Ethernet or Gigabit. 7. Operating System: Microsoft Windows 7 Professional or higher. 8. Productivity Software: a. Microsoft Office Professional, 2013 or higher, including Word, Excel, and Outlook. b. Adobe Reader 11.0 or higher. c. WinZip 7.0 or higher. 9. Printer: All in one unit equipped with printer server, combining color printing, photocopying, scanning, and faxing, or separate units for each of these three functions. 10. Internet Service: Broadband modem, router and ISP, equipped with hardware firewall, providing minimum 1.0 Mbps upload and 15 Mbps download speeds at each computer. 11. Internet Security: Integrated software, providing software firewall, virus, spyware, phishing, and spam protection in a combined application. 12. Backup: External hard drive, minimum 2 terabytes, with automated backup software providing daily backups. F. Pay costs for installation, maintenance and removal, and service charges for local calls. Toll charges shall be paid by party who places call. 3.5 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Maintain support facilities until Architect schedules Substantial Completion inspection. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner. Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

95 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 B. Parking: Parking is at a premium. Provide temporary parking unless Project Coordinator designates parking areas for construction personnel. C. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with progress cleaning requirements in Section D. Existing Elevator Use: Use of Owner's existing freight and service elevators will be permitted, provided elevators are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore elevators to condition existing before initial use, including replacing worn cables, guide shoes, and similar items of limited life. 1. Coordinate use of elevators with Project Coordinator. Public elevators will remain in use by building occupants during the work. Schedule elevator use for moving construction materials to avoid interfering with building occupant s activities. 2. Do not load elevators beyond their rated weight capacity. 3. Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or procedures to protect elevator car and entrance doors and frame. If, despite such protection, elevators become damaged, engage elevator Installer to restore damaged work so no evidence remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in field to the shop, make required repairs and refinish entire unit, or provide new units as required. E. Existing Stair Usage: Use of existing stairs is permitted, provided stairs are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore stairs to condition existing before initial use. 1. Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or procedures to protect stairs and to maintain means of egress. If stairs become damaged, restore damaged areas so no evidence remains of correction work. 2. Limit access from existing stairs to Project site to construction personnel. F. Pest Control: Engage pest control service to recommend practices to minimize attraction and harboring of rodents, roaches, and pests and to perform extermination and control procedures to maintain Project site free of pests and residues at Substantial Completion. Perform control operations lawfully, using materials approved by authorities having jurisdiction. G. Security Lockup: Provide lockable entrance to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. Lock entrances at end of each workday. H. Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities required by authorities having jurisdiction. I. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior, when necessary. J. Interior Enclosures: Provide temporary partitions and ceilings as indicated to separate work areas from Owner occupied areas, to prevent penetration of dust and moisture into Owner-occupied areas and to prevent damage to existing materials and equipment. Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

96 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase Paint surfaces exposed to view from Owner occupied areas. K. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241; manage fire prevention program. 1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas. Comply with additional limits on smoking specified in other Sections. 2. Supervise welding operations, combustion type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Develop and supervise an overall fire prevention and protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. 3.6 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL A. Moisture Protection Plan: Describe delivery, handling, storage, installation, and protection provisions for materials subject to water absorption or water damage. 1. Indicate procedures for discarding water damaged materials, protocols for mitigating water intrusion into completed work, and replacing water damaged work. 2. Indicate sequencing of work that requires water, such as sprayed fire resistive materials, plastering, and terrazzo grinding, and describe plans for dealing with water from these operations. Show procedures for verifying that wet construction has dried sufficiently to permit installation of finish materials. 3. Indicate methods to be used to avoid trapping water in finished work. 4. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, relative humidity, and exposure to water limits. 3.7 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24 hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. C. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. 2. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Section END OF SECTION Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

97 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 SECTION CONSTRUCTION IAQ MANAGEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for the indoor air quality management during construction operations. 1. Control of emissions during construction. 2. Moisture control during construction. 3. Procedures for testing baseline IAQ. Baseline IAQ requirements specify maximum indoor pollutant concentrations for acceptance of the facility. B. The Owner has established indoor air quality goals for jobsite operations on the Project within the limits of the construction schedule, contract sum, and available materials, equipment, products and services. Goals include: 1. Protect workers on the site from undue health risks during the work. 2. Prevent undue health risks to hospital staff and patients during the work. 3. Prevent residual problems with indoor air quality in the building. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Adequate Ventilation: Ventilation, including air circulation and air changes, required for curing materials, dissipate humidity, and prevent accumulation of dust fumes, vapors, or gases. B. Hazardous Materials: Material regulated as hazardous material in accordance with 49 CFR 173, requiring Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) in accordance with 29 CFR , or which during end use, treatment, handling, storage, transportation, or disposal meets or has components which meet or have the potential to meet the definition of a Hazardous Waste in accordance with 40 CFR 261. Hazardous material includes hazardous chemicals. 1. Hazardous materials include but are not limited to pesticides, biocides, and carcinogens listed by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) and recognized authorities. C. Indoor Air Quality (IAQ): Composition and characteristics of air in an enclosed space affecting occupants of space. The indoor air quality refers to relative quality of air in a building with respect to contaminants and hazards and is determined by levels of indoor air pollution and characteristics of air, including those that impact thermal comfort such as air temperature, relative humidity, and air speed. D. MERV: Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value: Arrestance rating of filter at three MERV Rating Explanation particle sizes of 0.3 microns to 10 microns at a determined face velocity. Regulatory Requirements Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

98 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 E. Packaged Dry Products: Materials and products installed in dry form and delivered in manufacturer's packaging; including carpets, resilient flooring, ceiling tiles, and insulation. F. Wet Products: Materials and products installed in wet form, including paints, sealants, adhesives, and special coatings. 1.3 ACTION SUBMMITALS A. IAQ (IAQ) Management Plan: Minimum 10 days prior to the commencement of the work, prepare and submit an IAQ Management Plan indicating method for complying with construction indoor air quality management during construction and prior to occupancy: 1. Procedures for control of emissions during construction. 2. Identify schedule for application of interior finishes. 3. Procedures for moisture control during construction. 4. Identify porous materials and absorptive materials. 5. Identify schedule for inspection of stored and installed absorptive materials. 6. Revise and resubmit Plan as required by Owner. Approval of Contractor s Plan will not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for compliance with applicable environmental regulations. B. Product Data: Submit technical product data for filtration media used during construction and during operation. Include Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV). 1. Submit air pressure difference maps for each mode of operation of HVAC. 2. Submit Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for the following: a. Adhesives, including but not limited to those used for wood products, resilient flooring, carpeting, wallcovering, construction glues, other. b. Floor and wall patching/leveling materials. c. Sealants. d. Insulating materials. e. Firestopping materials and sealants. f. Carpet. g. Field paints and coatings. h. Clear finish for wood surfaces. i. Fabric wallcoverings. j. Lubricants. k. Cleaning products. l. Materials or products specified in individual specification sections. C. Inspection and Test Reports: Submit the following: 1. Moisture control inspections. 2. Moisture content testing. 3. Moisture penetration testing. 4. Microbial Growth testing. 5. Baseline Indoor Air Quality test report. D. Photographs: Submit digital photographs of construction IAQ management measures; including duct protection, and on-site materials storage measures. Regulatory Requirements Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

99 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase QUALITY ASSURANCE A. IAQ Management Plan Manager: Assign an IAQ Plan Manager responsible for monitoring construction activities and ensure compliance with the requirements of the IAQ Management Plan. 1. The IAQ Manager is responsible for the following: a. Draft and submission of the IAQ Management Plan to the Owner and Architect for acceptance. b. Report IAQ Management Plan progress on a weekly basis. c. Document IAQ Management Plan activities and measures with photographs. d. Prepare and submit final report of IAQ Management Plan activities and measures. 2. Conduct meetings as necessary with participants in the construction process to communicate the IAQ procedures and importance of the goals of the IAQ Management Plan. If necessary, post signs to ensure workers' safety. a. Identify IAQ problems and institute remedial action as necessary. b. Be present at regular Progress Meetings, as appropriate, and be responsible for providing a monthly written status report as it relates to IAQ for the building and be prepared to discuss construction related IAQ procedures currently in effect. c. IAQ Manager shall be the contact person and responsible for scheduling and overseeing the emissions testing for IAQ. B. Preconstruction Conference: Conduct conference to review methods and procedures related to environmental quality procedures and responsibilities. Review Construction Environmental Program with staff and subcontractors. 1.5 COORDINATION A. On-Site Application: Where VOC emitting products are applied onsite, apply prior to installation of porous and fibrous materials. When not practical, protect porous materials with polyethylene vapor barriers. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Temporary Construction Ventilation: Maintain sufficient temporary ventilation in areas where materials emitting high VOCs are used. Continuously ventilation area during installation until emissions have dissipated after installation. 1. Allow odors and elevated concentrations of VOCs to dissipate. Where no specific period is stated, ventilate a minimum of 72 hours after installation. 2. Ventilate areas directly to outside; ventilation to other enclosed areas is not permitted. 3. During dust producing activities (e.g. drywall installation and finishing), turn off ventilation system and protect openings from dust infiltration in the supply and return HVAC. 4. Preconditioning: Allow products which have odors or significant VOC emissions to off gas, off site, in a dry, well ventilated space until VOC emissions have dissipated and no odor remains. a. Condition products and materials without containers and packaging off site to maximize off gassing. Regulatory Requirements Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

100 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Develop and utilize an indoor air quality (IAQ) management plan to limit indoor contamination during construction activities until Date of Substantial Completion. Coordinate with environmental quality management plan. 1. Identify potential construction related outdoor and indoor contaminants. 2. Identify possible means of contaminant spread. 3. Identify reasonable control options for containing contaminants. B. Environmental Procedures: Minimize environmental impacts of construction activities and operations. Manage environmental quality through use of recycled materials, energy efficient equipment and fixtures, waste handling procedures, and limiting contaminants and emitted irritants. Refer to individual technical specifications sections for specific materials and products. C. Indoor Environmental Quality: Comply with ASHRAE 62.1 to reduce indoor environmental quality issues resulting from contaminants during and after construction until Date of Substantial Completion. 1. Identify methods for controlling air contaminants, such as odors and irritants generated during the work based on SMACNA IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings under Construction. 2. Avoid use of materials high in pollutants, such as volatile organic compounds (VOCs) or toxins. In addition to VOC limitations for low emitting materials adhesive, sealants, and paint products, utilize materials and products complying with the following VOC content limitations: a. Field Paint and Coatings, including but not limited to: 1) Aromatic Compounds: Maximum 1.0 percent by weight total aromatic compounds (hydrocarbon compounds containing one or more benzene rings). 2) Dry Fog Coatings: 400 grams/liter. 3) Floor Coating: 50 grams/liter. 4) Industrial Maintenance Coatings: 100 grams/liter. 5) Traffic Coating: 150 grams/liter. 6) Waterproofing Concrete and Masonry Sealer: 100 grams/liter. b. Wood Preservative: 350 grams/liter (below or above ground). c. Carpet and Rug Institute s Green Label Plus: 50 grams/liter. 3. Avoid entrainment of pollutants into ventilation air path. 4. Sufficiently ventilate enclosed areas. 5. Protect organic matter and materials against mold, insect infestation, or absorption of odors. 6. Sequence construction activities to prevent absorption of contaminants by building materials. 7. Limit use of building ventilation system during construction activities. Utilize filtration media with a Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) of 8 at each return air grille complying with ASHRAE a. Cover diffusers, registers, grilles, and open ducts during construction to prevent dust and odors from entering ventilation system. b. Replace filtration media prior to Date of Substantial Completion with media having minimum MERV 13 in accordance with ASHRAE Regulatory Requirements Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

101 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 D. VOC Content Limitations Requirements: Utilize materials and products complying with VOC content and emissions limitations for low emitting materials. Refer to Section and the individual specification sections. 1. Adhesives and Sealants: Product Data for adhesives and sealants used on the interior of the building indicating VOC content of each product used. Utilize sealants complying with specified VOC limits. a. For field applications inside the weatherproofing system, 90 percent of adhesives and sealants shall comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health's Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers 2. Field Paints and Coatings: For paints and coatings used on the exterior and interior of the building indicating chemical composition and VOC content of each product used. Indicate VOC content in g/l. Utilize architectural interior paints and coatings that do not exceed the VOC content and emissions limits. a. For field applications that are inside the weatherproofing system, 90 percent of paints and coatings shall comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers. 3. Carpet/Carpet Tile: a. Carpet Systems: Technical product data for interior carpet systems complying with testing and product requirements of the Carpet and Rug Institute's Green Label Plus Program. b. Carpet Adhesive: VOC limit of 50 g/l. 4. Composite Wood: a. Composite wood, agrifiber products, and adhesives shall be made using ultralow emitting formaldehyde resins as defined in the California Air Resources Board Airborne Toxic Control Measure to Reduce Formaldehyde Emissions from Composite Wood Products or made with no added formaldehyde. b. Laminating adhesives used to fabricate on site and shop applied composite wood and agrifiber assemblies containing no added urea formaldehyde resins. c. Composite wood and agrifiber products are defined as: particleboard, medium density fiberboard (MDF), plywood, wheatboard, strawboard, panel substrates, and door cores. E. Restricted Components for Paint and Coatings: EPA prohibited components in the formulation of paints and coatings. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Select materials that generate least amount of pollution during mining, manufacturing, transport, installation, use, and disposal. 1. Avoid materials that emit greenhouse gases. 2. Avoid materials that require energy intensive extraction, manufacturing, processing, transport, installation, maintenance, or removal. 3. Avoid materials that contain ozone depleting chemicals (e.g. CFCs or HCFCs) and that emit potentially harmful volatile organic compounds (VOCs). Regulatory Requirements Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

102 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase Employ construction practices that minimize dust production and combustion byproducts. 5. Avoid materials that leach harmful chemicals into ground water; do not allow potentially harmful chemicals to enter sewers or storm drains. 6. Minimize noise generation during construction; screen mechanical equipment to block noise. 7. Select materials that can be reused or recycled and materials with significant percentage of recycled content; conform with or exceed specific project recycled content percentages for individual materials; avoid materials difficult to recycle. B. Mold and Mildew: Materials that have evidence of growth of molds or of mildew are not acceptable, including both stored and installed materials. Immediately remove from site and dispose of properly. C. Moisture Stains: Materials that have evidence of moisture damage, including stains, are not acceptable, including both stored and installed materials. Immediately remove from site and dispose of properly. D. Ducts: Seal ducts during construction to prevent accumulation of construction dust and construction debris inside ducts. E. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs): Materials and chemical having VOC content and emissions including total VOCs (TVOC), specific individual VOCs, formaldehyde and other aldehydes for materials or chemical of concern. F. Air Infiltration Media: Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) as determined by ASHRAE 52.2: 1. MERV 8 for filtration media used at each return air grill, if used during construction. 2. MERV 13 for filtration media installed at the end of construction and prior to occupancy. G. Cleaning Materials: Low toxic and low emitting spot removers and cleaning agents for surfaces, equipment, and workers' personal use. Use HEPA filter equipped vacuum cleaners for the final cleaning. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 IMPLEMENTATION A. Implement, monitor, and enforce IAQ Management Plan during construction activities until date of Final Completion. 1. Control dust particles, aerosols, and gaseous byproducts from construction activities, processing, and preparation of materials. 2. Perform particulate control as work proceeds and whenever particulate nuisance or hazard occurs 3. Potential sources of emissions include the following: a. Environmental Tobacco Smoke: Lighted cigarettes, cigars, pipes. b. Combustion Contaminants: Furnaces, generators, gas or kerosene space heaters, tobacco products, outdoor air, vehicles. Regulatory Requirements Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

103 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 c. Biological Contaminants: Wet or damp materials, cooling towers, humidifiers, cooling coils or drain pans, damp duct insulation or filters, condensation, reentrained sanitary exhausts, bird droppings, cockroaches or rodents, dust mites on upholstered furniture or carpeting, body odors. d. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC): Paints, stains, varnishes, solvents, pesticides, adhesives, wood preservatives, waxes, polishes, cleansers, lubricants, sealants, dyes, air fresheners, fuels, plastics, copy machines, printers, tobacco products, perfumes, dry cleaned clothing. e. Formaldehyde: Particle board, plywood, cabinetry, insulation, furniture, fabrics. f. Soil Gases (Radon, Sewer Gas, VOC, Methane): Soil and rock (radon), sewer drain leak, dry drain traps, leaking underground storage tanks, land fill g. Pesticides: Termiticides, insecticides, rodenticides, fungicides, disinfectants, herbicides. h. Particles and Fibers: Printing, paper handling, smoking and other combustion, outdoor sources, deterioration of materials, construction/renovation, vacuuming, insulation. B. Housekeeping and Pest Management Procedures: During construction, maintain project and building products and systems to prevent contamination of building spaces. 1. Designate area for food storage and consumption. Food and drink is not permitted inside building footprint. Immediately dispose of food or food residues after meals or breaks. 2. Upon enclosure of building and installation of finishes, minimize entry of dirt with walk off grilles or mats at entrances. Clean entry grilles or mats daily. 3. Sweep using dust reducing wax based sweeping compounds. 4. Keep materials clean and stored neatly on dunage or pallets required by manufacturer. 5. Inspect and clean coils, fans, and air handler chambers including return air chambers prior to start up, final testing, commissioning, and air testing. 3.2 IAQ MANAGEMENT - EMISSIONS CONTROL A. During construction operations, follow the recommendations in SMACNA IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings under Construction. B. HVAC Protection: 1. Seal return registers during construction operations. 2. Provide temporary exhaust during construction operations 3. To the greatest extent possible, isolate and/or shut down the return side of the HVAC system during construction. When ventilation system must be operational during construction activities, provide temporary filters. C. Source Control: Control odors for construction activities, processing, and preparation of materials, for potentially noxious materials, identified and employ control measures complying with SMACNA guidelines. 1. Smoking or tobacco materials are not permitted in building. 2. Use of gasoline or fuel fired equipment are not permitted inside enclosed building. 3. Keep wet processes within enclosed building to minimum. Regulatory Requirements Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

104 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase Protect chase and wallboard materials from water. Remove and replace damaged materials. 5. Use low emission materials and chemicals. 6. Perform cleaning involving chemicals outside building to the extent possible. 7. Unroll or uncrate carpet materials and air in well ventilated warehouse for a minimum of minimum 3 days prior to installation. 8. Air modular furniture in well ventilated warehouse for minimum 7 days prior to entry into building. 9. Remove trash daily to the appropriate recycle container. 10. Treat mold growth according to the procedures recommended by the EPA. 11. Clean inside of walls at base track to remove excess materials and dirt with vacuum prior to enclosing wall. 12. HEPA vacuum concrete floors before installation of floor covering materials. 13. Do not enclose, hide, or paint over mold or chemical contamination. D. Temporary Ventilation: Provide an ACH (air changes per hour) of 1.5 or more and as follows: 1. Provide minimum 48 hours preventilation of packaged dry products prior to installation. Remove from packaging and ventilate in a secure, dry, well ventilated space free from strong contaminant sources and residues. Provide a temperature range of 60 degrees F minimum to 90 degrees F maximum continuously during the ventilation period. Do not ventilate within limits of Work unless otherwise approved by Architect. 2. Provide adequate ventilation during and after installation of interior wet products and interior final finishes. 3. Provide filtration media with Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) of 8 as determined by ASHRAE 52.2 during construction. Coordinate with work of mechanical specifications. a. Replace filters during construction as necessary to protect equipment and indoor air quality. E. Hydrocarbons and Carbon Monoxide Emissions from Equipment: Control emissions to comply with federal, state, and local allowable limits. For potentially noxious materials, identified and employ control measures complying with SMACNA guidelines. F. Monitoring Indoor Air Quality: Monitor air areas affected by construction activities. G. HVAC System: To extent possible, isolate return side of HVAC system during construction activities. 1. HVAC System Protection: When ventilation system is operational, provide temporary, replaceable filters and seal return air openings. a. Comply with recommendations of SMACNA IAQ Guideline for Occupied Buildings under Construction. b. Keep air handling equipment, ducts, and accessories clean during transportation, storage and assembly. c. Wrap lined, spiraled, and assembled ducts and protect from dirt and water during transportation and storage. d. Keep insulation and lined ducts dry. Remove and replace insulation that becomes wet. Regulatory Requirements Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

105 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 e. Keep fiberglass duct board in air handlers and bases dry and clean. Coat exposed fiberglass subject to erosion with sealer to prevent entry of raw fiberglass into air stream. f. Do not permit water to stand on mechanical equipment. g. Cover and seal open ends of installed duct and equipment to prevent the entry of dirt. h. Wrap zone boxes and seal from dirt and water before installation. Seal openings in installed zone boxes until permanently connected to ductwork. i. Cover dampers and attenuators into open chases and ducts to reduce dirt entry. j. Do not start air handlers without MERV 8 filtration at each return grille. Upon system activation, install sheet media on return openings and filters in zone box plenum openings. 1) Monitor and change media filters as necessary to prevent the entry of dirt into the system. 2) Remove temporary media after building flush out and before occupancy. k. Do not permit use of return air system during gypsum board installation, sanding. or painting operations. l. Keep building under a positive pressure to the extent possible. m. Keep chase dampers closed until the system is activated. n. Complete the initial mechanical checklists at system startup. o. Replace final filters with new MERV 13 filters before flush out or occupancy. H. Pathway Interruption: Isolate areas of work necessary to prevent contamination of clean or occupied spaces. Provide pressure differentials or physical barriers to protect clean or occupied spaces. 1. Humidity Conditions: During rain or high humidity conditions, cool air supply from coils to 55 degrees F or stop air handler stopped to prevent moist air entry into building. Do not permit exhaust fans to draw moist air into building. 2. Cover return air dampers and openings with filter media during construction operations. I. Scheduling: Schedule construction operations involving wet and odorous materials and products prior to packaged dry products or odor absorbent materials and products to reduce absorption of VOCs by porous materials. 1. To the extent possible, group contaminating operations. 2. Replace materials and products directly exposed to moisture through precipitation, plumbing leaks, or condensation from the HVAC system that are susceptible to microbial contamination. 3.3 IAQ MANAGEMENT - MOISTURE CONTROL A. Housekeeping: 1. Keep materials dry. Protect stored on site and installed absorptive materials from moisture damage. 2. Verify installed materials and products are dry prior to sealing and weatherproofing the building envelope. 3. Install interior absorptive materials after building envelope is sealed and weatherproofed. Regulatory Requirements Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

106 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 B. Inspections: Document and report results of inspections; state regardless if inspections indicate satisfactory conditions. 1. Examine materials for dampness upon arrival. When acceptable to Architect and Owner, dry damp materials completely prior to installation; otherwise, reject materials that arrive damp. 2. Examine materials for mold upon arrival; and reject materials contaminated with mold. 3. Inspect stored and installed absorptive materials regularly for dampness and mold growth. Inspect periodically and after each rain event. a. When stored on site or installed absorptive materials become wet, notify Architect and inspect for damage. If acceptable to Architect and Owner, dry completely prior to closing in assemblies; otherwise, remove and replace with new materials. 4. Plumbing: Verify pressure test of pipes and drains is performed prior to closing in and insulating lines. 5. HVAC: Inspect HVAC system in accordance with mechanical specifications to verify: a. Condensate pans are sloped and plumbed correctly. b. Access panels are installed to allow for inspection and cleaning of coils and ductwork downstream of coils. c. Ductwork and return plenums are air sealed. d. Duct insulation is installed and sealed. e. Chilled water line and refrigerant line insulation are installed and sealed. C. Schedule: 1. Schedule work to endure absorptive materials, including but not limited to porous insulations, paper faced gypsum board, ceiling tile, and finish flooring, are not installed until building is enclose and materials can be protected from rain and construction related water. 2. Schedule installation of moisture control materials, including but not limited to air barriers, flashing, exterior sealants and roofing, to reduce exposure of the elements. D. Testing for Moisture Content: Test moisture content of porous materials and absorptive materials to ensure materials are dry before sealing into an assembly. Document and report test results. Where tests are not satisfactory, dry materials and retest. If satisfactory results cannot be obtained with retest, remove and replace with new materials. 1. Wood: Moisture test in accordance with ASTM D4444 Standard Test Methods for Use and Calibration of Hand Held Moisture Meters; unless otherwise indicated acceptable upper limits for wood products are less than 20 percent at center of piece and less than 15 percent at surface. 2. Gypsum Board, Insulation, and Absorptive materials: Moisture test with a Pinless Moisture Meter to assess patterns of moisture, if any. E. Testing for Support of Microbial Growth: Test and report in accordance with ASTM D6329 Standard Guide for Developing Methodology for Evaluating the Ability of Indoor Materials to Support Microbial Growth Using Static Environmental Chambers. Indicate susceptibility of product or material to colonization and amplification of microorganisms. Identify microorganisms and conditions of testing. Regulatory Requirements Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

107 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase Normal Conditions: Perform testing at 35 degrees Centigrade and 50 percent relative humidity. 2. Extreme Conditions: Perform worst case scenarios screening tests by providing an atmosphere where environmental conditions may be favorable for microbial growth. 3. Perform testing for the following: a. Ceiling tile. b. Wallcovering. 3.4 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A. Remove temporary IAQ measures including signs, framing, and supports at completion of Project. Complete emission testing prior to testing, adjusting and balancing of systems, including training of Owner s designated personnel. B. Replace filtration media immediately prior to occupancy. Filtration media shall have a Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) of 13 determined by ASHRAE END OF SECTION Regulatory Requirements Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

108 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 SECTION PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements governing the selection of products for use in the project. 2. Product delivery, storage, and handling. 3. Manufacturer warranties on products. 4. Manufacturer instructions and certifications. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. B. Basis of Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis of design," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Proposed Products List: Within period of 30 days after award of Contract, submit to Architect five copies of complete list of major Products, which are proposed for installation. 1. Tabulate products by Specification Section number, title, and Article number. 2. For products specified only by reference standards, list for each such product: a. Name and address of manufacturer. b. Trade name. c. Model or catalogue designation. Product Requirements Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

109 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 d. Manufacturer's Data including reference standards and performance test data. 3. Architect will reply promptly in writing stating whether there is reasonable objection to any listed items. Failure to object to a listed item shall not constitute waiver of requirements of Contract Documents. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Materials specified are to a define standard of quality or performance and to establish basis for evaluation of proposals and substitutions. B. Comply with individual Specification Sections and referenced standards as minimum requirements. C. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given an option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. 1. Each contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible with products and construction methods of other contractors. 2. If a dispute arises between contractors over concurrently selectable but incompatible products, Architect will determine which products shall be used. D. Source Limitations: Components required to be supplied in quantity within Specification Section shall be of same manufacturer and shall be interchangeable. E. Nameplates and Labels: Except for required labels and operating data, do not attach or imprint manufacturer's or producer's nameplates or trade marks on surfaces of products which will be exposed to view in occupied spaces or on the exterior: 1. Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on a concealed surface or, where required for observation after installation, on an accessible surface approved by Architect and governing authorities. 2. Nameplates: Provide a permanent nameplate on each item of service connected or power operated equipment. Locate on an accessible surface which is inconspicuous in occupied spaces. 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Delivery and Handling: 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. Product Requirements Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

110 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected. C. Storage: 1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 2. Store materials to prevent endangering building structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 4. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. 6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. 7. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner. 1.6 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. When Contract Documents require that installation of work shall comply with manufacturers printed instructions, obtain and distribute copies of instructions to parties involved in installation, including two copies to Architect, prior to commencing work. 1. Maintain one set of complete instructions at job site during installation and until complete. 2. Maintain one set of complete instructions for Project Record Documents. B. Handle, install, connect, clean, condition and adjust products in strict accord with manufacturer's instructions and in conformity with specified requirements. 1. Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with manufacturer's instructions, notify Architect in writing for further instructions. 2. Do not proceed with work without clear instructions. C. Perform work in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Do not omit preparatory steps of installation procedures unless specifically modified or exempted by Contract Documents. 1.7 MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATION A. Prior to Final Acceptance of work, for items designated in Specification Sections, an authorized representative of each manufacturer of materials or equipment installed under work of that Section shall examine installation and operation of his materials, system and equipment to determine they are correctly installed and operating properly. B. Examination and testing shall be accomplished for work which will be concealed during execution of Work, after completion of installation and prior to concealment and for work which will not be concealed, at completion of work. Product Requirements Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

111 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 C. Each representative shall submit signed statement to Owner, through Contractor, certifying to his examination and to correct installation and proper operation of materials, systems or equipment. Certification shall list items included. D. Contractor shall transmit certifications to Architect at or prior to Final Acceptance Inspection. Transmittal shall include list of certifications included. 1.8 MAINTENANCE A. For mechanical and electrical equipment in long term storage, provide manufacturer's service instructions shown on exterior of package. B. Service equipment on a regular basis as recommended by manufacturer. Maintain log of maintenance services. Submit log as Project Record Document in accordance with requirements of Section PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Specified warranties are in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner. B. Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. 1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project specific information and properly executed. 2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using indicated form properly executed. 3. Refer to the individual specification sections for specific content requirements and requirements for submitting special warranties. C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Section PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION A. Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. Product Requirements Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

112 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected" or similar terms, the Architect will make selection. 5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products. 6. Or Equal: For products specified by name and accompanied by the term "or equal," or "or approved equal," or "or approved," comply with requirements for comparable products to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. B. Product Selection Procedures: Product selection is governed by the Contract Documents and governing regulations, not by previous Project experience. 1. Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. 2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. 3. Products: a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered unless Section is referenced. b. Nonrestricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 4. Manufacturers: a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered unless Section is referenced. b. Nonrestricted List: Where Specifications include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements for comparable products for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product. 5. Basis of Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements for comparable products for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. C. Performance Specifications Requirements: Where specifications require compliance with performance requirements, provide products that comply with these requirements, and are recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated. Product Requirements Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

113 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 D. Compliance with Standards, Codes and Regulations: Where specifications require compliance with an imposed code, standard or regulation, select a product that complies with the code, standard or regulations specified. E. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require matching Architect's sample, provide a product that complies with performance and aesthetic requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches. 1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with requirements in Section for proposal of product. F. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "selected by Architect " or similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items. 2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions for Consideration: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated. 3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested. 2.3 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Refer to Section PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Make periodic examinations of stored materials to verify that products are maintained under specified conditions and are free from damage or deterioration. B. Verify storage facilities comply with manufacturer's product storage requirements. C. Verify manufacturer required environmental conditions are maintained continually. Product Requirements Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

114 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 D. Verify surfaces of products exposed to elements are not adversely affected and that weathering of finishes is within acceptable tolerances under requirements of Contract Documents. 3.2 PROTECTION A. Furnish protection against weather. Cover building openings to protect interior of building from weather. B. Maintain work, materials, apparatus and fixtures free from damage. C. Protect items having factory finish to prevent damage to finish and equipment. D. At end of day's work, cover new work likely to be damaged or otherwise protect as necessary. E. After installation, secure substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed products from damage from traffic and subsequent construction operations. F. Remove protection when no longer needed. Upon completion of work, remove storage facilities from site. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Do not use materials in work which have deteriorated, become damaged or are otherwise unfit for use. B. Replace stored items damaged by inadequate protection or environmental controls. END OF SECTION Product Requirements Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

115 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 SECTION EXECUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the work including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Construction layout. 2. Installation of the work. 3. Coordination of Owner installed products. 4. Progress cleaning. 5. Starting and adjusting. 6. Protection of installed construction. 7. Correction of the work. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Comply with specified requirements. B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to the Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials. C. Progress Cleaning: 1. Provide covered containers for deposit of waste materials, debris and rubbish. 2. Use cleaning materials that do not create hazards to health and property and do not damage surfaces. 3. Use cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surface to be cleaned. Execution Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

116 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the work is required, include the following: a. Description of the work. b. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates. c. List of unacceptable installation tolerances. d. Recommended corrections. 2. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. 3. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 4. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 5. Proceed with installation after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to Owner that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction. B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the work. C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of the Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements in Section INSTALLATION A. Locate the work and components of the work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated. Execution Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

117 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 96 inches (2440 mm) in occupied spaces and 90 inches (2300 mm) in unoccupied spaces. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. E. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels. F. Sequence the work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations. G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect. 2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver items to Project site in time for installation. I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. J. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous. K. Repair or remove and replace damaged, defective, or nonconforming work. 1. Comply with Section for repairing or removing and replacing defective work. 3.4 OWNER INSTALLED PRODUCTS A. Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner's construction personnel. B. Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the work with work performed by Owner's construction personnel. Execution Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

118 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase Construction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred construction schedule for Owner's portion of the work. Adjust construction schedule based on a mutually agreeable timetable. Notify Owner if changes to schedule are required due to differences in actual construction progress. 2. Preinstallation Conferences: Include Owner's construction personnel at preinstallation conferences covering portions of the work that are to receive Owner's work. Attend preinstallation conferences conducted by Owner's construction personnel if portions of the work depend on Owner's construction. 3.5 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Maintain site free of waste materials and debris. B. Execute daily broom clean cleaning to keep work, site,and adjacent properties free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and debris. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition including the following: 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold waste materials more than three days during normal weather or two days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 degrees F (27 degrees C). 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored. 4. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing and continue cleaning to eliminate conditions that could affect final finishing. C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the work. Remove liquid spills promptly. D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. 1. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, and closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. G. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. H. Dust Control: Comply with Owner s dust control program. 1. Vacuum clean interior building areas, including floors, ledges, pipes, ducts, and other places where dust can accumulate, in conjunction with gypsum board installation and sanding operations, and when ready to receive finish painting. Execution Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

119 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase Continue vacuum cleaning on an as needed basis until building is ready for acceptance or occupancy. 3. Where dust impairs execution of the work, broom clean or vacuum work area, as appropriate. 4. Schedule operations so dust and contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet and newly painted surfaces. 5. Clean floors prior to installation of final floor coverings. I. Handling and Installation: Clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. J. Waste Disposal: 1. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 degrees F (27 degrees C). 2. Provide onsite dumpsters and containers for collection of waste materials, rubbish, and debris. 3. Do not allow waste materials, rubbish, and debris to accumulate and become an unsightly and hazardous condition. Provide additional collection and dispose of debris when scheduled removal is inadequate to prevent accumulation. 4. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to EPA and local regulations. a. Utilize containers intended for holding hazardous waste to be stored. 5. Terminate closed chutes into appropriate containers with lids. Open free fall chutes are not permitted. 6. Do not overload trucks to prevent spillage on access and haul routes. Examine traffic areas and maintain clear routes. 7. Clean site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Legally dispose of waste materials, rubbish, and debris away from site. a. Do not bury or burn waste materials onsite. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways. b. Legally dispose of waste materials and comply with disposal requirements in Section K. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. L. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. 3.6 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. Coordinate startup and adjusting of equipment and operating components with requirements. B. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. Execution Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

120 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 C. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. D. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. E. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. B. Protection of Existing Items: Provide protection and ensure that existing items to remain undisturbed by construction are maintained in condition that existed at commencement of the work. C. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. 3.8 CORRECTION OF THE WORK A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes. 1. Repair includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition. C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired without visible evidence of repair. D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. E. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces. END OF SECTION Execution Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

121 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 SECTION CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Requirements and limitations of cutting and patching of work. 1. Execute cutting, fitting and patching, including attendant excavation and backfill, required to complete work or to: a. Cutting, fitting, and patching necessary to complete the work. b. Cutting, fitting, and patching necessary to repair existing work or work damaged by construction activities. c. Uncover and replacement for work performed out of sequence. d. Removal and replacement of defective work and work deemed as not in compliance with the Contract Documents. e. Uncovering and replacement of work that had been covered prior to required observations. f. Fit parts of the work. g. Uncover work covered prior to Architect's required observation. h. Removal or field samples and mock ups. i. Removal of testing samples. j. Repair of penetrations for mechanical, electrical, and plumbing work. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original condition or like new after installation of other work. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Cutting and Patching Plan: Submit plan describing procedures at least 10 days prior to the time cutting and patching will be performed. Include the following information: 1. Extent: Describe reason for and extent of each occurrence of cutting and patching. 2. Changes to In Place Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in building appearance and significant visual elements. 3. Products: List products used for patching and entities that will perform patching work. a. Indicate products necessary to comply with sustainable design. 4. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed. 5. Structural Integrity: Identify if the structural integrity of the building or a member will be penetrated and indicate how the overall structural integrity will be maintained. Cutting and Patching Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

122 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase Utilities, Mechanical, and Electrical Systems: List services and systems that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List services and systems that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate length of time permanent services and systems will be disrupted. a. Include description of provisions for temporary services and systems during interruption of permanent services and systems. B. Submit written request to Architect in advance of executing cutting or alteration which affects: 1. Work of Owner or separate contractor. 2. Structural value or integrity of any element of project. 3. Integrity or effectiveness of weather exposed or moisture resistant elements or systems. 4. Efficiency, operational life, maintenance or safety of operational elements. 5. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements. C. Request include: 1. Identification of Project. 2. Date and time of the work. 3. Location and description of affected work. 4. Necessity for cutting, alteration or excavation. 5. Effect on work of Owner or separate contractor, or on structural or weatherproof integrity of Project. 6. Description of proposed work: a. Scope of cutting, patching, alteration, or excavation. b. Trades who will execute work. c. Products proposed to be used. d. Extent of refinishing to be done. e. Cost proposal when applicable. 7. Alternatives to cutting and patching. 8. Written permission of separate contractor whose work will be affected. D. Should conditions of work or schedule indicate change of products from original installation, submit request for substitution as specified in Section E. Submit written notice to Architect designating date and time work will be uncovered or altered. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of construction elements. 1. Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements, notify Architect of locations and details of cutting and await directions from the Architect before proceeding. Shore, brace, and support structural element during cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch structural elements that could change their load carrying capacity or increase deflection. 2. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Operational elements include the following: Cutting and Patching Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

123 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 a. Primary operational systems and equipment. b. Fire separation assemblies. c. Air or smoke barriers. d. Fire suppression systems. e. Mechanical systems piping and ducts. f. Control systems. g. Communication systems. h. Conveying systems. i. Electrical wiring systems. j. Operating systems of special construction. 3. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or components in a manner that could change their load carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Other construction elements include but are not limited to the following: a. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers. b. Membranes and flashings. c. Exterior curtain wall construction. d. Equipment supports. e. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment. f. Noise and vibration control elements and systems. 4. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. a. If possible, retain original Installer or fabricator to cut and patch exposed work. If possible, engage original Installer or fabricator. If original installer is not available, engage recognized, experienced, and specialized firm for the work. 1) Processed concrete finishes. 2) Ornamental metal. 3) Matched veneer woodwork. 4) Preformed metal panels. 5) Roofing. 6) Firestopping. 7) Window system. 8) Fluid applied flooring. 9) Wall covering. 10) HVAC enclosures, cabinets, or covers. B. Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at Project site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate cutting and patching with selective demolition and deconstruction. Cutting and Patching Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

124 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials complying with conditions of existing warranties. 1. Notify warrantor before cutting and patching warranted work. If necessary for warranty, engage authorized installer or repair personnel to perform patching and repair work. 2. Notify warrantor on completion of cutting and patching, and obtain documentation verifying that existing work has been inspected and warranty remains in effect. Submit documentation at Project closeout. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Comply with specified requirements, governing codes, and recognized product and material standards for each product and material. 1. Sustainable Design Projects: Provide patching and repair materials complying with sustainable design requirements. B. Existing Materials: Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, submit a request for a substitution complying with Section In the Substitution Request, recommend materials that, when installed, will match the visual and functional performance of existing materials. C. Should conditions of work or schedule indicate change of products from original installation, submit request for substitution as specified in Section PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine existing conditions of project, including elements subject to damage or to movement during cutting, patching, excavating, and backfilling. B. After uncovering work, examine conditions affecting installation of Products, or performance of work. C. Report unsatisfactory or questionable conditions to Architect in writing. Do not proceed with work until Architect has provided further instructions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to insure continued structural integrity of the work. Cutting and Patching Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

125 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 B. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage to adjacent work. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. C. Adjoining Occupied Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. Where interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas is unavoidable, coordinate cutting and patching according to requirements in Section D. Existing Services: Where removal, relocation, or abandonment is necessary, bypass existing services before cutting to avoid interruption of services to occupied areas. Comply with requirements of Section for temporary utilities and services. 3.3 DUST CONTROL A. Provide positive methods of dust control and apply dust control materials to minimize raising dust from cutting and patching operations. 3.4 EXECUTION A. Execute cutting and demolition by methods which will prevent damage to other work and will provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repairs. B. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide finished installation to comply with specified products, functions, tolerances and finishes. C. Restore work which has been cut or removed. Install new products to provide Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. D. Fit work airtight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit and penetrations through surfaces. Where fire rated separations are penetrated, fill space around pipe or insert with material with physical characteristics equivalent to fire resistance requirement of penetrated surface. E. Refinish surfaces as necessary to provide even finish to match adjacent finishes: 1. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection. 2. For assembly, refinish entire unit. F. Employ original installer or fabricator of work performed under this Contract to perform cutting and patching for: 1. Weather exposed or moisture resistant elements. 2. Sight exposed finished surfaces. 3.5 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and Patching: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. 1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. Cutting and Patching Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

126 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 B. Cutting: Cut existing construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. Use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond core drill. 4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 31 Sections where required by cutting and patching operations. 5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with specified installation requirements, where applicable. 1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate physical integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing. a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. 3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions are removed, extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove inplace floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. 4. Painted Surfaces: Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats over the patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 5. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an even plane surface of uniform appearance. 6. Mechanical, Electrical, and Plumbing: Fit work airtight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit and penetrations through surfaces. 7. Fire Resistive Separations and Penetrations: Where fire rated separations are penetrated, fill space around pipe or insert with material complying with fire resistance requirements of penetrated surface. Refer to fireproofing and fire stopping requirements. 8. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition. Cutting and Patching Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

127 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase CLEANING A. Restore surfaces to match adjacent surfaces. Clean area dust, dirt, and debris caused by cutting and patching. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces. B. Return to condition existing before cutting and patching. END OF SECTION Cutting and Patching Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

128 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 SECTION CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for project closeout, including but not limited to: 1. Substantial Completion 2. Inspection procedures. 3. Closeout submittals and warranties. 4. Payments and release of liens. 5. Final cleaning. 6. Repair of work. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items (Punchlist): Initial submittal at Substantial Completion. B. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at final completion. 1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Upon determination that the work is substantially complete, notify Architect and submit written certification that the work is complete. B. List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the work is incomplete. C. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction permitting Owner unrestricted use of the work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 2. Submit specified closeout submittals, including project record documents, operation and maintenance manuals, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Submit extra materials specified in individual Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Architect. Label with manufacturer's name and model number. Project Closeout Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

129 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase Submit testing, adjusting, and balancing records. 6. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. D. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment. 4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion. 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. Submit demonstration and training video recordings specified. 6. Advise Owner of changeover in utility services. 7. Participate with Owner in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local emergency responders. 8. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 9. Complete final cleaning requirements. 10. Touch up paint and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. E. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 7 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Request reinspection when the work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Architect will reinspect the work. 3. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion. F. Determination of Substantial Completion: When Architect concurs the work is Substantially Complete, it will: 1. Prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion on AIA Form G704 accompanied by the Constructor s List of Incomplete Items that has been verified and amended by Architect. 2. Submit the Certificate of Substantial Completion to the Owner and Contractor for written acceptance of the responsibilities assigned in the Certificate. G. Contractor Activities: Upon Substantial Completion, perform the following activities: 1. Allow Owner occupancy of the project as stated in the Certification of Substantial Completion provisions. 2. Obtain and submit the Certificate of Occupancy, operating certificates, and similar releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the work. Project Closeout Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

130 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase Complete work listed for completion or correction within designated form. 4. Obtain and submit Certificate of Occupancy, operating certificates and similar releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the work. 5. Advise Owner of pending insurance change-over requirements. 6. Perform final cleaning. 7. Make final change over of permanent locks and transmit keys to Owner. 8. Advise Owner of change over in security provisions. 1.4 FINAL INSPECTION PROCEDURES A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following: 1. Submit final Application for Payment in accordance with Section and the Agreement. 2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items for completion or correction (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4. Submit pest control final inspection report. 5. Submit final completion photographic documentation. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Request reinspection when the work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected with written certification that: a. The Contract Documents have been reviewed. b. The work has been examined for compliance and completed in accordance with Contract Documents. c. The equipment and systems have been tested in presence of Owner's representative and are operational. d. The work is completed and ready for final examination. C. Determination of Final Completion: Architect will inspect the work to verify status of completion within seven calendar days after receipt of certification. 1. Should Architect deem the work is incomplete or defective, the Architect will notify Contractor in writing, itemizing the work that is incomplete or defective. 2. Take immediate action to finish incomplete work and remedy deficiencies before requesting a second inspection accompanied by a second written certification that work is complete. 3. Architect will reinspect the work and make a determination. a. If the work is found complete, Architect will request submission of closeout submittals. b. If the work is again found incomplete, complete the work and request a reinspection accompanied by a third written certification that work is complete. Project Closeout Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

131 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 D. Reinspection Fees: In the event the Architect is required to perform reinspections due to the failure of the work to comply with claims of completion certified by Contractor: 1. The Owner will compensate Architect for additional services. 2. The Owner will deduct amount of compensation from final payment to Contractor. 1.5 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor. 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. 3. Include the following information at the top of each page: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Page number. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Upon request of Architect after a successful Final Completion Inspection, submit the following documents for closeout: 1. Evidence of compliance with requirements of governing authorities: a. Certificate of Occupancy. b. Certificate of Inspection: Mechanical and electrical systems. 2. Project Record Documents: Refer to Section Operating and Maintenance Data: Refer to Section Warranties and bonds. 5. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials: Provide products, spare parts, and maintenance materials in quantities specified in each specification section in addition to that required for completion of work. a. Coordinate delivery with Owner; deliver to site, store properly, and obtain receipt prior to final payment. 6. Certificates of Insurance: a. Certificates for products and completed operations. b. Certificate for continuing coverage. 7. Field Report: Submit report for pest control inspection. 1.7 EVIDENCE OF PAYMENTS AND RELEASE OF LIENS A. Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims: AIA G706. B. Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens: AIA G706A. C. Attachment to Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens: 1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment: AIA G Contractor's Release or Waiver of Liens. Project Closeout Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

132 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase Separate releases of waivers of liens from subcontractors, suppliers and others with lien rights against property of Owner, together with list of those parties. D. Submittals shall be duly executed before delivery to Owner. 1.8 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS A. Submit final statement of accounting to Architect. B. Statement shall reflect adjustments to Contract Sum: 1. Original Contract Sum. 2. Additions and deductions resulting from: 3. Previous Change Orders. 4. Allowances. 5. Unit Prices. 6. Deductions for uncorrected work. 7. Penalties and Bonuses. 8. Deductions for liquidated damages. 9. Deductions for reexamination payments. 10. Other adjustments. 11. Total Contract Sum, as adjusted. 12. Previous payments. 13. Sum remaining due. C. Architect will prepare final Change Order, reflecting approved adjustments to Contract Sum which were not previously made by Change Orders. 1.9 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Contractor shall submit final Application for Payment in accordance with procedures and requirements stated in Conditions of the Contract ADDITIONAL ADJUSTMENT A. No adjustments to Contract requested by Contractor will be allowed if asserted after execution of Final Payment of Contract POST CONSTRUCTION EXAMINATION A. Prior to expiration of one year from Date of Substantial Completion, Owner will make visual examination of Project in company of Contractor to determine whether further correction of work is required in accordance with provisions of Contract. B. Owner will promptly notify Contractor, in writing, of observed deficiencies. C. Contractor will contact Owner to arrange time and establish schedule for correction of deficiencies. Project Closeout Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

133 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project: a. Clean site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. c. Rake grounds that are not planted, mulched, or paved to a smooth, eventextured surface. d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from site. e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard surfaced finishes to a dirt free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. i. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; clean according to manufacturer's recommendations if visible soil or stains remain. j. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and noticeable, vision obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and damaged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. k. Remove labels that are not permanent. Project Closeout Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

134 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 l. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. m. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. n. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. o. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction or that display contamination with particulate matter on inspection. p. Clean luminaires, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. q. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. C. Pest Control: Comply with pest control requirements in Section Prepare written report. D. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section REPAIR OF THE WORK A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion. B. Repair, or remove and replace, defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored, provide replacements. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. 1. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective surfaces, and other damaged transparent materials. 2. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of repair or restoration. a. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to required labels and identification. 3. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity. 4. Replace burned out bulbs, bulbs noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. END OF SECTION Project Closeout Procedures Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

135 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 SECTION PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for Project Record Documents including but not limited to the following: 1. Marked up copies of Contract Documents including field records for variable and concealed conditions. 2. Marked up copies of submittals, shop drawings, product data, and samples. 3. Newly prepared drawings. 1.2 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A. For duration of Project, maintain at job site following: 1. One copy of Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, shop drawings, product data, miscellaneous requested submittal data, change orders and other modifications to Contract, field orders, field tests or written instructions. 2. One copy of transmittal letters. 3. One set of samples. B. Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office apart from documents used for construction. 1. Provide files and racks for storage of documents. 2. Provide locked cabinet or secure storage space for storage of samples. 3. Do not permit record documents to be used for construction purposes. C. File documents and samples in accordance with numbering format of CSI MasterFormat D. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. E. Make documents and samples available for examination by Architect. F. Incomplete or out of order documents and samples will be grounds for not approving application for payment. G. Provide felt tip marking pens for recording information in color code designated by Architect. H. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat large printed letters. Keep record documents current. Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. Project Record Documents Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

136 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase Prior to creation of electronic copies of record documents, remove Architect's and Engineer's seals from all documents as directed by the Architect. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1. Number of Copies: Submit copies of record Drawings as follows: a. Initial Submittal: Submit one paper copy set of marked-up record prints. Architect will indicate whether general scope of changes, additional information recorded, and quality of drafting are acceptable. b. Final Submittal: Submit PDF electronic files of marked-up record prints. Print each Drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded. B. Record Specifications: Submit annotated PDF electronic files of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications. C. Record Product Data: Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal. 1. Where record Product Data are required as part of operation and maintenance manuals, submit duplicate marked-up Product Data as a component of manual. D. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping requirements and submittals in connection with various construction activities. Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal. 1.4 BURDEN OF ACCURACY A. Bear costs of damages incurred by Owner due to inaccuracies or incompleteness of submitted Record Documents for the time period following Substantial Completion as defined by Conditions of the Contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. 1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked up record prints. a. Give attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. e. Cross reference record prints to corresponding archive photographic documentation. Project Record Documents Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

137 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c. Depths of foundations below first floor. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. h. Duct size and routing. i. Locations of concealed internal utilities. j. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. k. Changes made following Architect's written orders. l. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. 3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Utilize personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked up record prints. 4. Mark record sets with erasable, red colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. 5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable B. Record Digital Data Files: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, review marked up record prints with Architect. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected digital data files of the Contract Drawings, as follows: 1. Formats: a. Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled. 2. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on record prints. Delete, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable. 3. Refer instances of uncertainty to Architect for resolution. 4. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data files of the Contract Drawings for use in recording information. a. Refer to Section for requirements related to use of Architect's digital data files. C. Newly Prepared Record Drawings: Prepare new Drawings instead of preparing record Drawings where Architect determines that neither the original Contract Drawings nor Shop Drawings are suitable to show actual installation. 1. New Drawings may be required when a Change Order is issued as a result of accepting an alternate, substitution, or other modification. 2. Consult Architect for proper scale and scope of detailing and notations required to record the actual physical installation and its relation to other construction. Integrate newly prepared record Drawings into record Drawing sets; comply with procedures for formatting, organizing, copying, binding, and submitting. D. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. Project Record Documents Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

138 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled. 2. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data information into separate electronic files that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet identification. Include identification in each digital data file. 3. Identification: Indicate the following information: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS." d. Name of Architect. e. Name of Contractor. 2.2 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications. 1. Give attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. 3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made. 4. Note related Change Orders, record Product Data, and record Drawings where applicable. B. Format: Submit record Specifications as scanned PDF electronic file(s) of marked up paper copy of Specifications. 2.3 RECORD PRODUCT DATA A. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal. 1. Give attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3. Note related Change Orders, record Specifications, and record Drawings where applicable. B. Format: Submit record Product Data as scanned PDF electronic file(s) of marked up paper copy of Product Data. C. Include record Product Data directory organized by specification section number and title, electronically linked to each item of record Product Data. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference. Project Record Documents Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

139 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 B. Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as scanned PDF electronic file(s) of marked up miscellaneous record submittals. 1. Include miscellaneous record submittals directory organized by specification section number and title, electronically linked to each item of miscellaneous record submittals. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RECORDING A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and modifications to the Documents as they occur. Do not wait until the end of the project. Architect will periodically review record documents to assure compliance. B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store record documents and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours END OF SECTION Project Record Documents Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

140 HMH Dunn Refresh East Levels 7, 8, 9, and 10 Phase 1.01 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. Project Record Documents Issued for for Permit Construction and Bid November 2018

141 SECTION A OSA COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC OWNERS SUPPLEMENTAL APPENDIX TO COMMON WORK MEP Systems (HVAC, Plumbing, Fire Protection and Electrical) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Work under this Section is subject to requirements of Contract Documents including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and sections under Division 01 General Requirements and applicable sections of Division 20, Division 21 Fire Suppression, Division 22 Plumbing, Division 23 Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC), Division 26 Electrical, Division 27 Communications, Division 28 Electronic Safety and Security and Division 33 Utilities. B. Additionally, all other related documents consisting of all of the rest of the Divisions Specification Sections listed within the Specifications Index and Table of Contents applies to all of the work of this section. C. It is the Contractors responsibility to read, review and coordinate with the entire specifications and drawings and other Contract Documents to provide a complete and working system of equipment, accessories, components and materials including all software, graphic and programming of systems. The specific requirements of this Owner s Appendix to Common Work Results for HVAC are intended to supplement the requirements of Contract Documents including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections under Division 01 General Requirements and applicable sections of Division 20, Division 21 Fire Suppression, Division 22 Plumbing, Division 23 Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC), Division 26 Electrical, Division 27 Communications, Division 28 Electronic Safety and Security and Division 33 Utilities. Where there is conflict between the requirements of this section and other General Division sections the more stringent portions apply and must be included in the bid cost associated with the project. D. Section Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment E. Section Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems F. Section Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 1.2 TERMINOLOGY: All terminology definitions are furnished to expand and clarify the Contractor s understanding of the specific requirements of this Division of the Work herein below. A. The term "provide" as it appears in this Division of the Specification means furnish and install" complete with all required and specified accessories and ready for its intended operation. B. The term "furnish" as it appears in this Division of the Specification means "furnish" complete with all required and specified accessories for the Contractor to install including required and specified accessories furnished but not factory installed or not furnished but specified and required for its intended operation. Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 1

142 C. The term "install" as it appears in this Division of the Specification means "receive, protect, install and warranty complete equipment vendor or Owner furnished with all required and specified accessories for the Contractor to install including installation of required and specified accessories furnished but not factory installed or not furnished but specified and required for its intended operation. D. The term "Contract Documents" as it appears in this Division of the Specification means the Plans, Specifications, Addenda, responses to Requests for Information (RFI), Change Orders, Submittals, Shop Drawings, Operating and Maintenance Manuals, etc. and shall include any other document described in Division 1 as being a part of the Contract Documents. E. The term Request for Information (RFI) as it appears in this Division of the Specifications means for the Contractor requesting clarification or additional information, particularly about existing conditions. The Contractor shall include pictures, sketches or other means of conveying existing site conditions to the Engineer for a better understanding of the problem and in the interest of saving time and impact to the project if the Contractor has a possible or proposed solution for the RFI. In the interest of saving time and cost to the Contractor including time and shorter response times by the Engineer the RFI shall be transmitted electronically by with Adobe.pdf files of sketches or drawings, pictures files or AutoCAD files. All RFI s shall be submitted on a form that has a space for the requested information and the Engineer s response. The Engineer will endeavor to provide RFI response time in the Engineer s office of five working days after receipt of the RFI by the Engineer. F. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct chases, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. G. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms. H. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. I. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and within chases. J. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters. K. The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials: 1. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic. 2. PE: Polyethylene plastic. 3. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. L. The following are industry abbreviations for rubber: 1. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. 2. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. 1.3 SCOPE OF WORK: Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 2

143 A. This Division requires the furnishing and installing of all items Specified herein, indicated on the Drawings or reasonably inferred as necessary for safe and proper operation; including every article, device or accessory (whether or not specifically called for by item within the drawings and specifications) reasonably necessary to facilitate each system s functioning as indicated by the design and the equipment specified in all of their various phases. Elements of the work include, but are not limited to, materials, labor, supervision, supplies, equipment, transportation, storage, utilities and all required permits and licenses. All work performed under this Section shall be in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications and subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract. Review pertinent drawings, including those of other Contracts and trades prior to commencement of Work. B. Drawings: Refer to the Mechanical and Plumbing Drawings for graphic representations, schedules, and notations showing mechanical and plumbing work. C. Specifications: Refer to this Division for the primary technical specifications of mechanical and plumbing work. D. Work Included: This Work includes the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, fixtures, apparatus, and appurtenances required for complete installation of operating heating, ventilating, air conditioning, plumbing, and fire protection systems as specified, in place and ready for service. E. Items shown on the Drawings, specified, or necessary for a complete and functioning heating, ventilating, and air conditioning system or a complete and functioning plumbing system shall be considered a part of the overall Scope of Work. F. Origin of Manufacture: 1. All equipment and accessories, materials and devices shall be manufactured within the United States of America where available. 2. All pipe and fittings shall be schedule 40 black steel ASTM A53 seamless, fittings and be manufactured within the United States of America where available. 3. All valves shall be manufactured within the United States of America where available. 4. All electrically connected equipment and devices shall bear the U.L. label and all materials shall be manufactured within the United States of America where available. G. If any requirements of the drawings and the specifications appear to be impossible to perform, or if there is a question regarding performance, Contractor shall report same to the Architect during the bidding period. No extras will be allowed for extra work or changes caused by failure to comply with these requirements. The right to make any reasonable change in the location of outlets, apparatus and equipment up to the time of rough-in is reserved by the Architect without involving any additional expense. H. If any discrepancies occur during construction between work being performed by the con tractor and work of other trades, it shall be the responsibility of the contractor to notify the Architect immediately. Under no circumstances shall the contractor proceed with any work conflicting with other trades until such time as the discrepancies have been corrected. In cases where interference develops, the Architect shall decide which work is to be relocated regardless of which was first installed. I. In the event there is a conflict between the drawings and specifications and the applicable codes, ordinances and regulations, the codes, ordinances and regulations requirements shall govern. However, if the contract requirements are in excess of these requirements and do not conflict with the requirements, the contract provisions shall govern. If any work indicated on the drawings is in conflict with codes, ordinances and regulations, shall advise Architect at least one week prior to Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 3

144 bid date so that discrepancies may be corrected by an addendum to the drawings and specifications. Failure by the Contractor to advise of any discrepancies shall leave the Contractor fully and completely responsible for compliance with all applicable codes and requirements. J. Work of Other Sections and Trades: Requirements given within this Section apply to the Work of all Sections of this Division. The actual performance of the Work stays within the Section in which it occurs, but subject to the requirements of this Section to the extent applicable. The General Contractor has sole discretion and final responsibility for assigning the work to their respective Contractors and may direct an entirely different Contractor to assume responsibility for the indicated work. Sections of the specifications covering general conditions and supplements are a part of the Contract Documents and Contractors shall observe all of the requirements thereof, insofar as they pertain and are applicable to their respective work. Reference to Contractor or Contractors shall imply Mechanical (Plumbing and HVAC) Sub-contractors, but may refer to General Contractor depending upon context. 1. Finish painting of mechanical systems in areas exposed to the view of building occupants is specified in Division 09 Finishes. All prime, finished and protective painting for all areas and finished painting of mechanical systems in areas not exposed to the view of building occupants shall be the responsibility of this Division, but be performed by trades proficient in that work. 2. Installation of electrical line voltage control power that is not specified as an integral part of equipment specified under this Division and is specifically shown on the electrical drawings is specified under Division 23 Electrical for work shown on the Electrical Drawings. Necessary conduit, wiring, boxes, and fittings not shown on the electrical drawings, but required by the control contractor, are the responsibility of this contractor to be installed as specified under Division 23 Electrical. 3. Access doors in finished surfaces are provided under this Division, but specified under Division 08 Openings and installed by the Contractor installing the finished surface. Locations to be indicated are properly sized for degree of access required are as shown on the Drawings and as required for proper equipment access. 4. Concrete housekeeping pads, structural steel supports and other supporting structures are specified under Division 03 Concrete, but must be coordinated under this Division. The number, size, dimensions and locations of pads, structures, concrete embeds, and all other support requirements for the work of this Division shall be the responsibility of this Division 26 HVAC. 5. Location and size of all required wall, roof and floor openings for but not limited to the following, i.e., wall louvers, wall ventilation fans, roof equipment curbs, roof equipment and pipe support curbs, roof pipe and duct penetration curbs, pipe, pipe sleeves, ducts, fire dampers, fire smoke dampers, smoke dampers, etc. shall be requirements for the work of this Division shall be the responsibility of this Division. 6. Pits for sewage ejectors, storm water, and other pumps are specified in Division 22 Plumbing or 33 Utilities. Dimensions and locations of pits (except under-floor drainage systems pit) shall be the responsibility of Division 22 or Subsurface drainage up to and including pump pits is the responsibility of other Division 33 Utilities. 8. Owner and General Contractor-furnished equipment is furnished and installed under other Divisions. Proper Fire Protection, HVAC and Plumbing provisions, including rough-in and final equipment connections, are included in the Work of this Division 23 HVAC. 9. Motors for all equipment shall be furnished and installed with the equipment furnished by this Contractor. Refer to Section , Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment, for additional information. 10. Motor starters that are an integral part of the equipment are furnished under this Division with the driven equipment; all other motor starters, electrical wiring and connections are included in the Work of Division 26 Electrical. Refer to Section Variable Frequency (VFD) Motor Controllers for additional information. 11. Variable frequency motor speed controllers with disconnect and manual bypass as noted in Section Variable Frequency (VFD) Motor Controllers for additional information Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 4

145 are furnished under this Division with the installation of the variable frequency motor speed controllers, electrical wiring including power and load connections included in the Work of Division 26 Electrical. 1.4 CODES, PERMITS AND FEES: A. General: Comply with the most recently revised versions of applicable laws, rules, regulations, and ordinances of federal, state, and local authority having jurisdiction, local utilities together. All work shall comply with Standards contained in applicable NFPA pamphlets, all as published by the NFPA (National Fire Protection Association). 1. Where alterations to and deviations from the Contract Documents are required by said authority, report the requirements and secure approval before starting work. The more stringent of the applications shall apply and be included in the Basis of Design unless specifically noted otherwise. 2. Obtain all applicable permits, licenses and inspections and pay all fees charged by above authorities. 3. Deliver Certificates of Inspection issued by authorities having jurisdiction. Refer to Division 1 for additional requirements. B. Code, Standards and Design Guideline Basis: The following minimum listing of codes, standards and ordinances are included as part of the Basis of Design, but are not limited to those listed. All applicable codes, standards and ordinances latest edition shall be complied with during construction of the project. 1. Building Code International Building Code with City of Houston Amendments. 2. Fire Code International Fire Code with City of Houston Amendments. 3. Electrical Code National Electrical Code with City of Houston Amendments 4. Mechanical Code Uniform Mechanical Code with City of Houston Amendments. 5. Plumbing Code Uniform Plumbing Code with City of Houston Amendments Code Word - various sections interpreted International Energy Conservation Code For Commercial Structures, including Residential Structures more than 3 Stories with City of Houston Amendments 8. ASHRAE for Commercial Structures, Including Residential Structures more than 3 Stories with City of Houston Amendments 9. Handicapped Code- Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990as amended by Congress Jan 1, Texas Accessibility Standards (TAS) effective March 15, NFPA Standards: 1. NFPA 1 Uniform Fire Code. 2. NFPA 10 Fire Extinguishers 3. NFPA 13 Standard for Installation of Fire Sprinkler Systems. 4. NFPA 30 Flammable and Combustibles Fluids Control. 5. NFPA 45 Standard for laboratories Using Chemicals 6. NFPA 51B Welding, Cutting and Other Hot Work. 7. NFPA 54 National Fuel Gas Code. 8. NFPA 55 Standard for Handling of Compressed Gas and Cryogenic Fluids in Station ary and Portable Containers. 9. NFPA 70 National Electrical Safety Code. 10. NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code. 11. NFPA 90A Standard for Installation of Air Conditioning. Ventilating Systems. 12. NFPA 90B Standard for Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems. 13. NFPA 91 Standard for Exhaust Systems Conveying Vapors, Gases, Mists and Non- Combustible Particulate Solids. 14. NFPA 99 Standard for Healthcare Facilities Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 5

146 15. NFPA 101 Life Safety Code. 16. NFPA 101B Means of Egress. 17. NFPA 110 Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems. 18. NFPA 241 Construction Alterations, and Demolition Operations. 19. NFPA 801 Standard for Fire protection of Facilities Handling Radioactive Materials. United States Federal Agency: 1. OSHA 29 CFR Part Occupational Exposures to Hazardous Chemicals in Laboratories. 2. All refrigerant handling work shall be done by a United States Environmental Protection Agency approved and certified refrigerant technician of proper grade for work being performed. All refrigerant shall be recovered, re-cycled, or re-claimed, except as allowed by 1990 Clean Air Act, Title VI, Section 608, Subpart F. The recovered refrigerant must be stored in a properly labeled United States Department of Transportation. Approved gray recovery cylinder with a yellow top until properly disposed of. 3. Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals (US Department of Health and Human Services). 4. National Institute of Health (NIH) Design Policy and Guidelines. 5. National Institute of Health (NIH) Grant Requirements. 6. United States Department of Agriculture Research, Education, and Economics ARS Facilities Design Standards. 7. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) Primary Containment for Biohazards State of Texas Agency and Other AIA, ANSI or National Ventilation Codes : 1. Texas Title 25 Health Services, Part 1 Department of State Health Services (DSHS) Chapter 133 Hospital Licensing, latest edition. 2. AIA Guidelines for Design and Construction of Hospital and Health Care Facilities 2006 Edition, except where exceptions are required to meet current Texas DSHS minimum supply, return, exhaust and outside air changes per hour requirements. 3. The American Institute of Architects (AIA) Guidelines for Planning and Design of Biomedical Research Laboratory Facilities. 4. ACGIH Industrial Ventilation - A Manual of Recommended Practice. 5. ANSI/AIHA Z Laboratory Ventilation Standard Industry Design Guidelines 1. All refrigeration equipment shall be properly labeled in accordance with ASHRAE Each refrigerant system erected on the premises shall be provided with a legible permanent sign securely attached and easily accessible in accordance with ASHRAE American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) Data and Design Hand Books. 3. ASHRAE and ASHRAE shall be complied with in all respects, except where exceptions are required to meet current City of Houston Amended Commercial Energy Codes and current Texas DSHS minimum supply, return, exhaust and outside air changes per hour requirements. 4. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). 5. American Association for Accreditation of Laboratory Animal Care (AAALAC) Requirements (Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals). 6. American Society of Plumbing Engineers (ASPE) Data Books. 7. Owner Insurance Company Guidelines. 8. American National Standards Institute, Inc. 9. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers. 10. Illuminating Engineering Society of North America. 11. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. or equivalent testing lab. 12. National Electrical Contractors Association. 13. National Electrical Manufacturers Association. Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 6

147 14. World Health Organization (WHO) Laboratory Biosafety Manual. C. Precedence: Where Contract Document requirements are in excess of Code requirements and are permitted under the Code, the Contract Documents shall govern. None of the terms or provisions of the Drawings or specification shall be construed as waiving any of the rules, regulations or requirements of these authorities. In the event of conflict between the Contract Documents and the local enforcing authority, the latter shall rule. Any modifications resulting there from shall be made without additional cost to the Owner or Engineer. This Contractor shall report any such modifications to the Engineer and secure his approval before proceeding. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND STANDARDS: A. Materials/Methods: Manufacturers, materials, and methods described in the various sections of the Specifications, and indicated on the Drawings are intended to establish a standard of quality only. It is not the intention of the Engineer to discriminate against any product, material or method that is equal to the standards as indicated and/or specified, nor is it intended to preclude open, competitive bidding. The fact that a specific manufacturer is listed as an acceptable manufacturer should not be interpreted to mean that the basis of design manufacturer s standard product will meet the requirements of the project design, Specifications and space constraints. The Engineer and Owner shall be the sole judge of quality and equivalence of equipment, materials and methods. B. Alternative Products/Materials/Methods: Products by other reliable manufacturers, other materials, and other methods may be accepted provided they have equivalent capacity, construction, and performance. Under no circumstances shall any substitution be made without the prior written approval of the Engineer. Wherever a definite product, material or method is specified and there is not a statement that another product, material or method will be acceptable, it is the intention of the Engineer that the specified product, material or method is the only one that shall be used without prior approval. Wherever a definite material or manufacturer s product is specified and the Specification states that products of similar design and equal construction from the specified list of manufacturers may be provided, it is the intention of the Engineer that products of manufacturers that are specified are the only products that will be acceptable and that products of other manufacturers will not be considered for substitution without prior written approval. C. Alternative Equipment: Where substituted or alternative equipment is used on the project, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor or Subcontractor involved to verify that the equipment will fit in the space available, including all required Code and maintenance clearances, and to coordinate all equipment requirements and provisions with the Mechanical (HVAC) and Plumbing Design and all other Contractors. D. Materials and Workmanship: 1. Materials and equipment shall be new, of best grade and quality, and standard products of reputable manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such materials and equipment. 2. Provide all equipment, parts and accessories required for complete installations, even if not specifically mentioned or described. 3. Electrically connected equipment shall bear the UL label. All equipment and accessories, materials, devices, valves, pipe and fittings shall be manufactured within the United States of America where available. 4. Exterior surfaces shall have a factory applied finish. Refinish items with marred finishes to a like-new condition. 5. Work shall be executed and materials installed in accordance with the best practice of the trades in a thorough, substantial, workmanlike manner by competent workmen, presenting a neat appearance when completed. Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 7

148 6. Unless specifically instructed in writing, apply, install, connect, erect, use, clean, and condition manufactured articles, materials, and equipment per manufacturer s current printed recommendations. Copies of such printed recommendations shall be kept at the job site and made available as required. E. Space Requirements: 1. Determine in advance of purchase that the equipment and materials proposed for installation will fit into the confines indicated, leaving adequate clearances for adjustments, repair, or replacement. 2. Allow adequate space for clearance in accordance with requirements of the Code and local inspection department. 3. The design shown on the Drawings is based on the equipment scheduled. 4. Since space requirements and equipment arrangement vary for each manufacturer, the responsibility for initial access, service and airflow clearances and proper fit rests with the Contractor. 5. Final arrangements of equipment to be installed shall be subject to the Architect s review. F.Standards: Refer to Division I for general administrative/procedural requirements related to compliance with the following but not limited to the applicable standards. This Work and all materials shall meet the standards set forth in the applicable portions of the following recognized standards: 1. ADC Air Diffusion Council. 2. AGA American Gas Association. 3. AMCA American Movement and Control Association. 4. ANSI American National Standards Institute. 5. ARI American Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute. 6. ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating & Air-Conditioning Engineers. 7. ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers. 8. ASPE American Society of Plumbing Engineers. 9. ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering. 10. ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials. 11. AWS American Welding Society. 12. AWWA American Water Works Association. 13. CDA Copper Development Association. 14. CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute. 15. ETL Electrical Testing Laboratory. 16. FM Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation. 17. IRI Industrial Risk Insurers. 18. MCAA Mechanical Contractors Association of America. 19. MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of Valve & Fittings Industry. 20. NEC National Electrical Code (by NFPA 70). 21. NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association. 22. NFPA National Fire Protection Association. 23. OSHA Occupational Safety Health Administration (US Department of Labor). 24. PDI Plumbing and Drainage Institute. 25. SMACNA Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors National Association. 26. UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. G. WELDING CERTIFICATES. 1. QUALITY Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." 2. Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." 3. Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping." Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 8

149 4. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current H. This specification details specific operational and functional needs of the Owner. Deviations from the performance requirements will not be accepted from any supplier. Contractor assumes the responsibility of removing any non-complying material discovered during the warranty period and replacing it with specification compliant equipment. 1.6 SITE SAFETY REGULATIONS: A. All work shall be performed in compliance with all applicable and governing safety regulations. All safety lights, guards, signs, and other safety materials and provisions required for the performance of the mechanical work shall be provided by and operated by the Contractor. The Contractor has sole overall workplace safety responsibility and is responsible for all ways and means including site safety practices and constraint of all trades. B. It shall be the duty and responsibility of the Contractor and all of its subcontractors to be familiar and comply with all requirements of Public Law 91596, 29 U.S.C. Section 651 et al seq., the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, (OSHA) and all amendments thereto, and to enforce and comply with all of the provisions of this Act. C. In any emergency affecting the safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at its direction, to prevent threatened or perceived damage, injury or loss. However, without assumption of responsibility of work site safety, observed hazardous conditions or observed unsafe practices will be reported to the Owners jobsite superintendent and Contractor s jobsite supervisor for resolution. D. Employees of the Contractor that are assigned to this project shall be competent, experienced personnel who have received training for their related tasks and in the operation of any equipment that they are to operate. E. Employees shall be uniformed or wear clothing that clearly distinguishes them as employees of the contractor or subcontractors authorized to provide services at this facility. F. The work crew on the project shall include a full time site foreman or supervisor. G. The contractor shall provide a contact point, available by phone or pager that will respond immediately to problems, questions or concerns reported by the Owners representative. H. Employees shall be trained in any required safety precautions related to the equipment and materials that they are using. 1.7 SITE VISIT BY THE CONTRACTOR: A. Visit the site of the Project well before bid date and understand fully the conditions that affect the Work, including the cost thereof. Acquire a full knowledge of the existing and/or new utilities from which services will be supplied. B. Verify locations of utility services and requirements for connections. Where such verification contradicts conditions indicated on the plans, notify the Engineer so that modifications can be made and information disseminated to all interested parties prior to bid date. C. Coordination: Submission of a bid for this project infers that the Contractor has visited the site and has become familiar with the Drawings and site conditions and has included in his proposal, all work necessary to properly install the systems on the project. D. Attend Pre-Bid and Pre-Construction Conferences where required: Refer to Division 1. Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 9

150 E. Determine in advance that equipment and materials proposed for installation fit into the confines indicated. F. Refer to Part 3 Execution for additional information about existing sites, buildings coordination and sequence of construction and staging. 1.8 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS: A. General: The Drawings are schematic in nature in that they define scope, provide for general routing and location of components, and establish a minimum level of quality including locations of the heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems, plumbing equipment, fixtures and piping systems, except where specific locations are noted and dimensioned on the Drawings. All items are shown approximately to scale and define their physical relationships with other parts of the building and indicate the extent and general arrangement of the systems. The intent is to show how these items shall be integrated into the construction. They are not to be used as actual working Construction or Coordination Drawings. The actual Working Construction or Coordination Drawings shall be the approved Shop Drawings. Locate all items by on the job measurements and in accordance with the Contract Documents. Determine exact locations by job measurements, coordination with other trades, and reviewing all Contract Documents. Cooperate with other trades to ensure project completion as indicated. B. Execute construction in a neat and workmanlike manner with craftsmen competent in their trades. Work determined to be substandard by the Architect or Engineer shall be redone at no additional cost, regardless of whether such work has become an accepted local practice. C. It is not the intent of the Drawings to show exact locations of ductwork and piping, nor to indicate all fittings and supports. The intent is to define distribution, equipment, service clearances and systems. Prior to locating diffusers, grilles, other exposed air devices, plumbing fixtures, fire hose cabinets, and plumbing items, obtain the Architect/Engineer approval as to exact location. 1. Locations shall not be determined by scaling Drawings. 2. Mount plumbing fixtures, fire hose racks, and cabinets at the heights directed by the Architect/Engineer. 3. ADA mounting heights for all MEP items shall be as determined by the Architect and shall be strictly adhered to. 4. Contractor shall be responsible for costs of redoing work of trades necessitated by failure to comply with this requirement. 5. The Architect may require relocation of air devices, thermostats, or other components. Where devices are to be relocated within the same room and the Contractor is notified prior to roughin, no additional compensation will be allowed. 6. Refer to Division 1 for additional requirements for departure from Contract Documents. 7. Submit for approval as soon as practical any departure from the Drawings deemed necessary, including details of departure and the reasons necessary. 8. Execute no departure from the Drawings without the prior written approval. D. The Specifications are intended to supplement the Drawings and it is not in the scope of the Specifications to mention any part of the work that the Drawings are competent to fully explain. Conversely, any part of the work that the Specifications are competent to fully explain, may not be mentioned on the Drawings. E. Disagreement between the Drawings or Specifications or within the Drawings or Specifications shall be estimated and bid using the better quality or greater quantity of material or installation, and a request for information shall be made to the Engineer. 1.9 WORKMANSHIP AND LOCAL ACCEPTED PRACTICE: Execute construction in a neat and workmanlike manner with craftsmen competent in their trades utilizing best practices. Work determined Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 10

151 to be substandard by the Architect or Engineer shall be redone at no additional cost, regardless of whether such work has become an accepted local practice DISCREPANCIES: A. Clarification shall be obtained before submitting a proposal for the Work under this Division as to discrepancies or omissions from the Contract Documents or questions as to the intent thereof. B. Detailed Instructions: Should it appear that the work hereby intended to be done or any of the materials relative thereto, is not sufficiently detailed or explained in the Drawings or Specifications, then the Contractor shall apply to the Engineer for such further Drawings or explanations as may be necessary, allowing a reasonable time for the Engineer to respond. The Contractor shall conform to this additional information as a part of the Contract without additional cost to the Owner or Engineer. C. Interpretations: Should any doubt or question arise respecting the true meaning of Drawings or Specifications, reference shall be made to the Engineer, whose written decision shall be final and conclusive. No alleged statement by the Engineer will be accepted as an excuse for inferior work. D. Discrepancy between the Drawings or Specifications or within the Drawings or Specifications shall be estimated and bid using the better quality or greater quantity of material or installation, and a request for information shall be made to the Engineer. E. Contractor Agreement: Consideration will not be granted for misunderstanding of the amount of work to be performed. Submission of a bid conveys full Contractor agreement of the items and conditions specified, shown, scheduled, or required by the nature of the project UTILITIES: A. Utility information shown on the Drawings has been shown based upon data obtained from the site survey and the agencies having jurisdiction and is accurate to the best of the knowledge of the Engineer. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for field verification and coordination of the actual location of site and/or building utilities and shall make modifications necessary for connection to or construction around those utilities at no additional cost to the Owner or Engineer CHANGE ORDERS, ALTERNATES AND UNIT PRICES: A. Refer to Uniform General Conditions and Division 1 for information on Change Orders requirements. B. Refer to Division 1 for information concerning Alternates. A summary of alternates which impact the work of this Division is described in Division 1. C. Refer to Division I for information on required Unit Prices that are part of the project bid. D. All MEP equipment and fixtures has a listed basis of design manufacturer. The project base bid shall be determined using those listed basis of design manufacturer s. Alternate manufacturers are listed also; provide a line item alternate price (Add or Deduct to use the specific listed alternate manufacturer. Owner shall determine which manufacturer to use for construction. E. Where change order proposals are requested by the Architect or Owner and/or required by the project the contractor shall provide an itemized cost breakdown based on project unit prices submitted as part of the project bid documents. Where unit pricing does not cover the change order requirements the contractor shall provide an itemized cost breakdown based on current Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 11

152 RS Means building cost construction data book using means building construction cost forms and procedures for labor and materials breakdowns for project unit prices including city and state material and labor cost index multipliers SITE OBSERVATION BY ENGINEER: A. Observations at the site to verify general compliance with Contract Documents will be made periodically by the Owner, Engineer or his representative. Written observation comments and systems deficiency or non-compliance reports will be submitted to the General Contractor for review and a written response. This observation does not constitute an assumption of the Contractors responsibility for compliance with the Contract Documents. B. The Engineer or Owner's representative will review and observe new construction and demolition work to insure compliance by the Contractor with requirements of the Contract Documents. C. Review, observation, assistance, and actions by the Engineer or Owner s representative shall not be construed as undertaking supervisory control of the work or of methods and means employed by the Contractor. The review and observation activities shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibilities of these Contract Documents. D. The fact that the Engineer or Owner s representative do not make early discovery of faulty or omitted work shall not bar the Engineer or Owner s representative from subsequently rejecting this work and insisting that the Contractor make the necessary corrections. E. Regardless of when discovery and rejection are made, and regardless of when the Contractor is ordered to correct such work, the Contractor shall have no claim against the Engineer or Owner s representative for an increase in the Contract price, or for any payment on account of increased cost, damage, or loss COORDINATION: A. Final time approved by the Owner shall be scheduled date of shutdown. The time scheduled may require overtime or holiday work shifts. D. General: Coordinate work with other Divisions so components are installed at proper time, fit available space, and allow proper service access to all items (not just those installed in this Division). Items installed without coordination shall be removed and relocated as directed at no additional cost. E. Trim: Provide materials with trim that properly fits the types of surfaces on which the materials are to be mounted. Model numbers in the schedules might include trim designations, but last minute Architectural plan changes or restrictive scheduling of the Contract Document production may have resulted in conflicts. Verify that scheduled trim is compatible with the corresponding finish indicated on the Architectural Documents. If it is not, notify the Engineer and provide the appropriate trim at no additional cost. F. ICRA and ILSM Procedures: Facility has ICRA and ILSM Committee, refer to attached ICRA and ILSM specifications and forms for contractor requirements. Contractor shall be responsible for providing construction barriers and isolation of MEP systems as required by ICRA committee. 1. Hospital project management requirements for contractors include ICRA (Infection Control Risk Assessment) forms be prepared by the contractor and approved by the Owner prior to the start of any renovation work in the hospital. See Attached form. 2. Daily ILSM (Interim Life Safety Measure Inspections) must be performed by the Contractor s Superintendent with a signed verification form turned in weekly to the Owner. See the attached form G. ELECTRICAL: Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 12

153 1. General: Provide electrical equipment with characteristics compatible with Electrical Documents. Last minute Electrical plan changes during development of the Contract Documents may have resulted in conflicts between scheduled electrical characteristics and the Electrical Documents. Verify that scheduled electrical characteristics are compatible with the corresponding Electrical Documents. If they are not, notify the Engineer and provide the appropriate equipment at no additional cost. 2. Motors: Motors that are not an OEM or an integral part of a packaged piece of equipment are described in Section in Section Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment. Where motor controls are not indicated on the Plans, or specified to be integral with the equipment, they shall be provided under Division 26 Electrical. 3. Wiring: a. Power Wiring: Power wiring (feeders to motors, water heaters, electric heaters and electric heat trace tapes including final connection to equipment) shall be provided under Division 26 Electrical. b. Control Wiring: Control wiring less than 110 volts shall be provided in accordance with Division 23 HVAC and Division 26 Electrical sections as specified. Control wiring 110 volts and above shall be provided under Division 26 Electrical. c. All electrically connected equipment and devices shall bear the U.L. label or shall be field inspected by a Nationally Recognized Testing Lab as noted herein after and all materials shall be manufactured within the United States of America. 4. Basis of Electrical Design: The disconnect switches, motor starters, variable frequency motor speed controllers and power wiring indicated on the electrical drawings is based upon motor horsepower indicated and specified in these specifications. In the event that Contractor furnishes equipment with electrical service, disconnects, motor starters, variable frequency motor speed controllers, wire size and conduit size different that specified, scheduled or provided on the electrical drawings, it shall be his responsibility to coordinate with Division 26 Electrical to provide the required electrical utility and pay for the increased costs of same. a. Actual fan and/or pump motor horsepower shall not be less than 120% of equipment brake horsepower and shall be non-overloading over the entire range of system flow and system total static pressure with system effect calculations and belt losses included. Constant volume systems shall be non-overloading at system selection point RPM with a 25% reduction in system external static pressure. b. Motors shall be of a recognized manufacturer, of adequate capacity and the proper type for the loads involved. All motors shall conform to the standard established by NEMA as indicated in their latest publication. d. Motors shall not be loaded so as to exceed in any case the nameplate current rating of the motor and shall be designed for operation on voltage as scheduled on the drawings. e. All motors shall be specifically designed for across-the-line starting, unless noted otherwise on drawings. f. Where control devices are furnished which have components indicated for lower voltage classifications than the power control circuit, contractor shall provide the necessary relays, and/or transformers to connect the two circuits together. A. Electrical Characteristics for HVAC Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements. 5. Where a disconnect, motor starter or contactor is specified to be factory furnished and wired and is not furnished as specified this Contractor is responsible for paying all additional costs incurred by Division 26 Electrical to furnish, install and connect said items. Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 13

154 1.15 DRAYAGE, HOISTING, AND SCAFFOLDING: A. Assume responsibility for drayage (shipping and transport), hoisting, warehousing and demurrage (loading and unloading) for equipment and materials to be provided under this Division. Refer to Division DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING OF MATERIALS: A. General: Protect all materials and equipment to be installed under this Division from physical and weather damage. B. Scope: Work under this Division shall include, but not limited to: 1. Shipping from point of manufacture to job site. 2. Unloading, moving, and storage on site with proper protection as required. 3. Hoisting and scaffolding of materials and equipment included in this Division. 4. Ensuring safety of employees, materials, and equipment using such hoisting equipment and scaffolding. C. Coordination of equipment delivery, building entry and construction schedule 1.17 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT: 1. All large pieces of apparatus which are to be installed in the building and which are too large to permit access through doorways, stairways, or shafts shall be brought to the job by the Contractor and shall be placed in the spaces before enclosing partitions and structure are completed. 2. All apparatus shall be cribbed up from the floor by Contractor and shall be covered with tarpaulins or other protective covering where required for protection. 3. Where the building is existing or the building schedule does not permit the contractor is responsible for equipment dis-assembly to component sections that will fit through existing corridors and MER doorways and the re-assembly with new gasket material as required. Manufacturer shall provide experienced service personnel to supervise dis-assembly and re-assembly of equipment and to provide certification of proper re-assembly and alignment of equipment. 4. Where required demolition and re-installation existing walls and installation of new larger double doors to match the existing construction fire ration and appearance. A. Deliveries: Do not deliver equipment to the job site until needed or until building is closed in. Equipment allowed to stand in the weather will be rejected. B. General: Cover and protect fixtures and equipment against fire, water, chemical and other possible damage and mechanical injury after delivery to the site. Damaged equipment will be rejected. C. Pipe Ends: Seal all pipe openings with caps or plugs during installation. D. Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support at 30 on center to prevent sagging and bending. E. Final Acceptance: Equipment shall be clean at the time of final acceptance EXCAVATION: Each Contractor is responsible for excavation required by his scope of work. This Contractor is responsible for coordination with the General Contractor and all other trades for all excavation required for underground utilities. A. Properly sheet and brace all open trenches to render them secure and remove all such sheeting and bracing before completing the backfill. Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 14

155 B. Comply with local regulations or, in the absence thereof, with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of the Associated General Contractors of America, Inc., current OSHA standard requirements in particular C. F. R. part 1926 latest amendment thereto. C. The quantity of excavation required by the contractor to install sheeting and shoring and the installation and removal of sheeting and shoring will not be regarded as Extra Work. D. All costs incurred for this excavation including preparation of sealed engineering plans designed by a Registered Professional Engineer in Texas showing the proposed methods of trench preparation, sheeting and shoring, the excavation, and the installation of sheeting and shoring shall be included in the Contract Price. Refer to Division 2 and provide in accordance with specified requirements NOISE AND VIBRATION: A.General: Warrant the heating, ventilating, air conditioning systems, and their component parts to operate without objectionable noise or vibration. Noise from systems or equipment which results in noise within occupied spaces above the recommended Noise Criteria (NC) and/or Room Criteria (RC) curve limitations (refer to ASHRAE Standard) shall be considered objectionable. Vibration shall not be apparent to the senses in occupied areas of the building. Objectionable noise, vibration, or transmission thereof to the building shall be corrected by the Contractor when directed by the Architect/Engineer. Eliminate any abnormal noise not considered by the Architect or Engineer to be an inherent part of the systems as designed. B.Vibration: Vibration Testing: Equipment shall be vibration tested as specified in the individual Sections. The test data shall be provided that verifies all bearings are properly aligned, all fan wheels and pump impellers do not operate at critical or natural harmonic speeds, all vibration isolators are free and functioning properly and equipment is operating below its maximum design speed. Tests shall be performed by a firm specializing in the testing and alignment of large rotating equipment. C. Sound Testing: Equipment shall be sound tested as specified in the individual Sections. The test data shall be expressed in sound power levels with decibels referenced to watts and in octave bands as set forth in ANSI Standard S The sound testing shall be performed in a reverberant room. The room effect shall be defined as the sound power level (decibels referenced to watts) minus sound pressure level (decibels referenced to microbar) shall be established at 10 db. The additive allowance for multiple air outlets for the purpose of the sound test shall be considered as 5 db in determining the sound power level per air terminal. The final sound pressure level test results shall be based on the above requirements unless noted or specified otherwise and shall not exceed the Noise Criteria (NC) and/or Room Criteria (RC) curve limitations specified. D. Noise Level: Except in special areas listed separately, the noise level in occupied spaces shall be equal to, or less than, the average value in the range of the Noise Criteria (NC) and/or Room Criteria (RC) curve limitations for the particular space in accordance with Chapter 32, Table 19 of the 1995 Systems Edition of the ASHRAE Guide and Data Book. The noise criteria curves shall be based on ANSI Standard octave bands and a sound pressure level in decibels referenced to microbars. Sound levels within the occupied spaces must meet the criteria described above and with all building, wall partition, floor, and ceiling construction in place as they exist for the individual spaces. The attenuation through boundary construction of equipment rooms must be considered in selecting equipment for acceptable noise level. E. Verification: Should a question arise of whether noise and vibration in a particular space or piece of equipment meet the above criteria, the Contractor shall be responsible for providing the services of an approved vibration or acoustic consultant to verify criteria compliance SUBSTITUTIONS: A.Standards: Manufacturers and model numbers scheduled establish types of equipment and standards of quality. In addition, minimum requirements are stated in other Sections. Where conflicts arise and no Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 15

156 specific requirement is mentioned, the characteristics of the item scheduled in the Contract Documents shall serve as the standard. Certain materials and equipment are specified by brand name "or equal". It is intended, by specifying the brand name, to establish type and quality of materials and equipment desired. Reference to "or equal" shall not be interpreted by the Contractor to imply that he can determine whether or not substitute equipment and materials are equal to the specified equipment and materials. Engineer reserves the right to determine the difference between major equipment deviations and minor manufacturing differences. Materials and equipment of manufacturer's other than the specified and scheduled will be considered provided complete data is furnished at least 10 days prior to bid date on proposed substitution and subject to review for compliance with drawings and specifications B.Alternates or Substitutions: For any specific item, where only one manufacturer is named, it will be the only one accepted. Where more than one manufacturer is named, only those named will be accepted. Where one manufacturer is named with the phrase "or approved equal", alternates and/or substitutes may be submitted as outlined in the Supplementary Conditions. As manufacturer's production runs may be periodically altered, even listed items may be rejected. Refer to Division 1 for additional requirements. All substitution requests must be submitted and be approved in writing by the Architect/Engineer prior to purchase. C.Impact of Alternate Equipment: Assume additional costs to the Project caused by the substitution. The assumption of this cost shall also include costs incurred by other trades and Architect-Engineer engineering design and drafting man-hours as a result of the substitution. D.Deviations and Comply / Do Not Comply Assessment: Each alternate or substitute equipment submittal shall be accompanied by a list of deviations from the schedule and specifications. Indicate clearly on the Submittals deviations and non-compliance to Specifications. List the deviations on the cover sheet and clearly itemize all deviations. Provide a copy of the specification section with a Comply or Do Not Comply wording handwritten by each paragraph of the specification. Failure to list and itemize deviations and to provide a Comply/Do Not Comply Statement for the specifications will be cause for removal and replacement of equipment that is delivered or installed at the Contractor s expense even after submittals have been reviewed with no exceptions noted. Do not include deviations in the body of the Submittal unless clearly itemized on the cover sheet SUBMITTALS B. A.To assist the General Contractor with his submittal review, the following checklist is provided. This checklist summarizes the most significant criteria which the submittal must comply with, prior to submitting to the Architect. Any submittal made by the Contractor without the attached "Submittal Checklist" may be returned. RE: Transmittal No. Substitution Request: YES NO N/A 2. Sequential Transmittal Number assigned? 1. i. Specification section and paragraph referenced on transmittal? ii. Description of submittal is included on the transmittal? iii. Project name and Architect's project number referenced on the transmittal? Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 16

157 a. a. iv. Only one specification section is addressed in the submittal? (No mixing of different specification subjects/topics under the same transmittal.) v. The submittal has been reviewed and approved by the Contractor per the General Conditions? vi. Each submittal drawing, product data or sample package: 1. Identified by a unique identifying number? 2. Displays the Contractor's signed approval stamp on the cover sheet or equivalent? 3. Contains correct number of sepias, prints, and copies/items as required by Section 01330? 4. Number of sepias, prints, and copies/items is shown on the transmittal? 5. A list, by sheet number, of each drawing included in the submittal (on transmittal or attached); also list the total number of pages in each separate product data package 6. Meets the requirements of the applicable specification section? 7. Is cross-referenced to the respective Contract Document drawings and/or specifications? vii. If this is a partial submittal: 1. Was the Architect notified and approval obtained at least 14 days prior to submittal date? 2. Is it so noted on the transmittal? 3. Are previous related transmittal numbers referenced on the transmittal? viii. If this is a re-submittal: 1. Is it identified as such? 2. Are previous submittal numbers regarding this subject referenced on the transmittal? Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 17

158 COMMENTS: Checked by: (Signature) Company: B. Submittals types required for this project shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Shop Drawings and Product Brochure Submittals. 2. Certifications and Test Reports. 3. Operating and Maintenance Manuals. 4. Warranties (Guarantees). 5. Refer to Division 1 for additional submittal requirements. B. C.General: Vendor equipment and material submittals (not duct or pipe shop drawings nor hydraulic calculations) shall be to the greatest extent possible be delivered in a single indexed three-ring binder for each discipline with all applicable discipline submittals collected within the binder at the same time for ease of review. Submittals are required to help insure that unacceptable materials will not be installed. Include sufficient data to indicate complete compliance with the Contract Documents, including: 1. Proper sizes and capacities. Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 18

159 2. Construction methods, materials, and finishes. 3. Information indicating that items will fit in the space available and allow for proper servicing. 4. All equipment furnished with electric motors shall have brand name of motor submitted as part of the equipment submittal. D. REQUIRED INFORMATION: 1. Submit data for review of materials and equipment to be incorporated in the work. Support submittals with electric motor brand names, descriptive material, catalogs, cuts, diagrams, performance curves, and charts published by the manufacturer to show conformance to Specification and Drawing requirements. 2. Model numbers alone will not be acceptable. Clearly mark data for specific items, including model numbers, physical and performance characteristics, and all other essential information. 3. Indicate all accessories to be furnished. 4. Where multiple items of equipment are scheduled, i.e., air handling units, air cooled condensing units, computer room units, electric duct and unit heater, chillers, pumps, cooling tower cells, fans, VAV FPB terminals, VAV and CAV terminals with heating coils, etc. each individual vendor shall create a spreadsheet listing all of the values scheduled on the equipment schedule, in the exact order that they are show on the drawing schedules. List variable equipment capacity, flow, pressure drop, temperature and electrical data in the spreadsheet schedule and locate near front of the submittal that corresponds to data found on the Equipment Schedules on the Drawings. 5. Submittals in which essential information is not clearly marked, or which are determined by the Engineer to be muddled or confusing, will be rejected regardless of the acceptability of the equipment. E. PRODUCT DATA PREPARATION: 1.Grouping: Group Product Submittals by Specification section. Submit items of a section together at one time in a tabbed binder. If two or more sections require inter-coordination, (e.g. Air Handling Unit and Vibration Isolation or water closets together with carriers and flush valves), Submit them at the same time. 2.Section Referencing: Mark each individual submittal item within a binder to show paragraph number that pertains to the item. 3.Binder Requirements: Section binders shall be the report cover type with solid cover and 3 metal fasteners. Binders for mechanical items shall be shall be color-coded, i.e.,, Red for Division 21 Fire Suppression, Green for Division 22 Plumbing, Black for Division 23 HVAC, Blue for Division 26 Electrical White for Di=vision 27 Communications, Gray for Division 28 Electronic Safety and Security, and Maroon for Division 33 Utilities. Binders hall be labeled on the outside cover with Project name, Contractor's name, date of submission, and Specification Section and number. Binders shall also have a tab indicating submittal number and Specification Section number. If product submittals for Section exceed the capacity of one binder, use two or more binders. Include a notation cover shall indicate the number of binders for the section and the number of that binder (i.e., 2 of 3). Binders shall be Duo-Tang Series L or approved equal. E. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT - ELECTRICAL DATA: 1. Coordination: Prior to submitting data for equipment requiring electrical service, verify that electrical characteristics of equipment submittals comply with electrical service provided. 2. Follow-Up: Upon receipt of the reviewed Submittals, make a final coordination with the Electrical Drawings and Specifications of the electrical service requirements (motor horsepower and full load amps, and for packaged equipment, NEC compliant wire sizing amps WSA and maximum over current protection amps MOCP), electrical service characteristics (voltage and phase), and number of points of connection for each item of equipment requiring electrical connections. Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 19

160 Furnish a complete typewritten list of electrical requirements for each item of equipment to be installed. F.ITEMS MOUNTED ON FINISHED SURFACES: Items on or projecting through the walls or ceiling shall be coordinated with other items. Ceiling mounted items shall be shown on the reflected ceiling plan Shop Drawings submitted for the Architect's review. Such items shall follow the reflected ceiling plan Shop Drawings and shall not be installed until reviewed by the Architect with no exceptions taken. Last minute changes in Architectural Documents could result in conflicts between finished surfaces and the mounting and framing hardware scheduled. Coordinate framing, back-plates, mounting collars, sleeves, escutcheons, and mounting components with compatibility to surface on which item is mounted by confirming the surface with the Architectural Plans. Where this coordination reveals a conflict with mounting hardware scheduled or specified, the item found required by this coordination shall be used. G.EXTENT OF SUBMITTAL REVIEW: Submittals will be reviewed for capacities, performance, and overall general intent. No check will be made regarding the correctness of stated quantities. Transmittal of the submittals to the Engineer shall certify that quantities are correct and that, where applicable, items are compatible with surface finishes on which they are to be installed. H.FINAL SUBMITTAL: In addition to the number of copies of Shop Drawings and other data required for approved submittals, maintain three separate files of all such material, to be delivered in hard back binder immediately prior to final acceptance of the project, for the Owner's use. The file shall be complete incorporating all changes and revisions made throughout the construction period. I. SHOP DRAWINGS and PRODUCT BROCHURE SUBMITTALS: The Contractor shall submit a minimum of eight complete bound sets of Shop Drawings and complete data covering each item of equipment or material. The terms Submittal and Shop Drawing in this Specification are defined as either product literature, samples of equipment, or actual Shop Drawings. The first submittal of each item requiring a submittal must be received by the Engineer within 90 days of contract award. The Engineer shall not be responsible for any delays or costs incurred due to excessive Shop Drawing review time where the first submittal is received more than 90 days after contract award. The Architect, Project Manager and Engineer will each retain one copy of all Shop Drawing submittals for their files. Where full size Drawings are involved, submit two prints and one reproducible in lieu of eight sets. Shop drawing submittals are also required in O&M manuals. 1. Contractor shall prepare complete submittals that include all pertinent information about the product. A single Shop Drawing shall not contain information from more than one Specification section, but a single Specification section may be subdivided into separate submittals for items or equipment that are specified in that section. Shop Drawings shall be separately bound by complete or partial Specification section. Where a single Shop Drawing contains information from more than one Specification section, it will be marked REVISE AND RESUBMIT and returned. Each Shop Drawing shall include the following items enclosed in a suitable binder, 2. Shop Drawings that do not comply with the above requirements will be marked REVISE AND RESUBMIT and returned to the Contractor: a.a cover sheet with the names and addresses of the Project, Architect, M/E/P Engineer, General Contractor, and the Subcontractor making the submittal. The cover sheet shall also contain the Specification section number applicable to the item or items submitted, the item nomenclature and description and a submittal number. HVAC, plumbing and fire protection submittals shall be numbered sequentially by Specification section with a sequence suffix (e.g I, , , etc.). Re-submittals shall be numbered with the original submittal number plus an R in the sequence suffix (e.g. the re-submittals of submittal would be IR1, lR2,...). b. An index page with a listing of all data included in the submittal. c. List of Deviations or Variations. This page shall list all variations, including unfurnished or additional items or features between the submitted equipment and the specified equipment. If there are no variations, then this page shall state No Variations. Where variations affect the work of other contractors, then the Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 20

161 contractor shall certify on this page that these variations have been fully coordinated with the affected contractors and that all additional costs to the affected contractors associated with the variations shall be paid by the submitting contractor. d. Copy of specifications section with paragraph by paragraph Comply/Do Not Comply statements. e.equipment information including manufacturer s name and designation, size, performance and capacity data. All applicable listings, labels, approvals and standards shall be clearly indicated. f. Dimensional data and actual sketches as applicable to show that the submitted equipment will fit the space available with all required Code and maintenance clearances. g. Identification of each item of material or equipment matching that indicated on the Drawings. h. Sufficient pictorial, descriptive and diagrammatic data on each item to show its conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Any options or special requirements shall be so indicated. All applicable information shall be clearly indicated with arrows or another approved method. Any non-applicable information shall be crossed out. i. Additional information as required in other sections of this Division. j. Certification by the General Contractor and Subcontractor that the material submitted is in accordance with the Contract Documents, signed and dated. k. Reports or information requiring certification shall be certified by an authorized officer of the manufacturer or testing agency. l.certified Shop Drawings showing dimensions, loading details, anchor bolt locations, and inserts required for each piece of equipment set on concrete in sufficient time to cause no delay in the Work. m.equipment and material submittals shall show sufficient data including all performance curves, sound data, recommended installation details, and sufficient data to indicate complete compliance with the Contract Documents, including proper sizes, clearances, capacities, materials, and finishes. K.Shop drawing submittals and MEP Coordination Interference Drawings as required herein and must be submitted in Revit BIM electronic drawing files. L.Samples: Submit two samples, upon request, of mechanical/plumbing devices and materials for review by the Architect/Engineer. Samples will be returned upon written request of the Contractor. M. Shop Drawing Submittal Review: Shop Drawings will be reviewed for general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. Any action shown in review comments is subject to the requirements of the Contract Documents. The submitting Contractor is responsible for dimensions that shall be confirmed at the job site; fabrication processes and techniques of construction; coordination of his work with that of all other trades; and the satisfactory performance of his work. 1.The Engineer will endeavor to provide Shop Drawing review time duration in the Engineer s office of 10 working days per review with the exception of large fire sprinkler systems submittals, duct and pipe layout shop drawing submittal and MEP Coordination drawing submittals, exclusive of transmittal time, and the Contractor shall consider this review time when scheduling his work on the project. 2.The Engineer will upon selected long lead time items when requested by the General Contractor in writing with the submittal cover letter that the requested submittal is in the critical path to complete construction in a timely manner, endeavor to review the requested submittal items in an overnight or one working day time limit. This privilege must not be abused by the General Contractor. 3.The Architect s review or approval and the Engineer s review of Shop Drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for errors, omissions or deviations that may be contained in the submittals. If the Contractor proceeds on the basis of undetected errors, omissions or deviations in reviewed Shop Drawings, it shall be at his sole responsibility and the review does not allow deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. Noting some errors, omissions, and deviations but overlooking other errors, omissions, and deviations does not grant the Contractor permission to proceed in error. Regardless of any information contained in the Shop Drawing or the Engineer s review thereof, the Contract Documents shall govern the Work and are neither waived nor superseded by the Shop Drawing review. 4. The submitting Contractor shall be responsible to check all equipment and materials for conformance with the Contract Documents. A submittal marked REVIEWED WITH NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN or Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 21

162 MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED shall be at the site when such equipment and materials are delivered to the job site, and the submitting Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any deviations. 5.Inadequate or incomplete Shop Drawings will not be reviewed by the Architect or the Engineer and will be returned to the Contractor marked REVISE AND RESUBMIT for completion and resubmittal. 6. Shop Drawings will be marked REVIEWED FOR MEP COORDINATION PURPOSES ONLY, REVIEWED WITH NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN, MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED, MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED AND SUBMIT WRITTEN RESPONSE, REVISE AND RESUBMIT, REJECTED OR NOT REQUIRED FOR SUBMITTAL when reviewed by the Engineer. The definitions of these terms for review purposes are as follows: a.reviewed FOR MEP COORDINATION PURPOSES ONLY: - The Contractor Furnished - Contractor Installed (CFCI) or the Owner Furnished - Contractor Installed (OFCI) equipment submittal has been reviewed for verification of required MEP utility connections, i.e., domestic water connections, sanitary sewer and drain connections, power, disconnect and control switching connections, chilled or heating water connections, heat output to space and ventilation connection requirements are compatible with the design Contract Documents. b. REVIEWED WITH NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN: - The Shop Drawing was reviewed and no exceptions from the general conformance with the design concept and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents were noted. c.reviewed MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED - The Shop Drawing was reviewed and found to have minor deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents, as noted. A Shop Drawing re-submittal is not required; however, the furnished material/systems shall comply with the corrections noted in the submittal review. d.reviewed MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED AND SUBMIT WRITTEN RESPONSE - he Shop Drawing was reviewed and found to have either minor deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents or information missing from the submittal, as noted. A complete Shop Drawing re-submittal is not required nor desired, however, a written response to all review comments shall be submitted in the format used for a re-submittal. e. REVISE AND RESUBMIT - The Shop Drawing was reviewed and major deviations from general conformance with the design concept and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents were observed, as noted. The Shop Drawing shall be revised to eliminate the deviations noted and resubmitted. f. REJECTED - The Shop Drawing was reviewed and is not in general conformance with the design concept or in compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents, as noted. A revised Shop Drawing submittal for the specified equipment or materials shall be resubmitted. f.not REQUIRED for SUBMITTAL - The Shop Drawing was not required to be submitted and was not reviewed. 7.Division I and General Condition requirements concerning Shop Drawing submittal review are not applicable to this Division. 8. Materials and equipment which are purchased or installed without an REVIEWED WITH NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN or REVIEWED MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED Shop Drawing review shall be at the risk of the Contractor and the cost for removal and replacement of such materials and equipment and related work which is judged unsatisfactory by the Architect/Engineer for any reason, shall be at the expense of the Contractor. 9. Shop Drawings shall be complete and checked prior to submission to the Engineer for review. Where more than three reviews are required for a given Shop Drawing to reach REVIEWED WITH NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN or REVIEWED MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED status, the Subcontractor will be invoiced for extra services at a cost of $ per hour minimum charge of 4 hours for the third and subsequent reviews. If the Subcontractor fails to pay any legitimate extra services invoice in full within 30 days, then that invoice will be forwarded to the Architect/Project Manager requesting him to withhold payment of the amount invoiced from the next General Contractors request for payment as allowed for under the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction (AlA Document A-201). Incomplete and partial submittals will be returned to the Contractor unchecked. Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 22

163 N.Certifications and Test Reports: The Engineer may, at their option, witness any or all of the on and off site acceptance and operational testing. Submit a detailed listing of certification and testing for each system indicating estimated dates for completion of system installation. This listing of certification and testing shall be submitted at least 30 days before any testing is conducted. 1.Test procedures and test result reporting forms shall be submitted for review no later than the date of the certification and testing listing submittal. 2. Notify the Engineer in writing two weeks prior to any scheduled testing to allow time for Engineer to schedule witnessing of testing, where elected by the Engineer. 3.Submit six copies of all certifications and test reports to the Engineer for review adequately in advance of completion of the Work to allow for remedial action as required to correct deficiencies discovered in equipment and systems. 4.Certifications and test reports to be submitted shall include, but not be limited to those items outlined in Section Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC Equipment, Section Owner s Independent Testing Adjusting and Balancing and Functional Performance Testing, Section Commissioning of HVAC SHOP DRAWINGS: A.GENERAL: Submit Shop Drawings for duct and piping systems and for all major equipment installations to indicate exact placement and routing. Sheet size shall be 30" wide by 42" long. Drawings shall be to scale and shall include plans, necessary elevations, sections and other details. For mechanical rooms, sections, and elevations, provide Drawings prepared at a scale of not less than 3/8" = 1'-0". For other areas provide Drawings prepared at a scale of 1/4 =1-0 for other areas. Drawing submittals shall consist of three blue line prints and one (1) reproducible sepia transparency. The sepia shall be Mylar, not less than 3 mils, single matte (on front), reverse reading, with the image clear and distinct. Refer to Division 1 for additional requirements. B.REQUIRED INFORMATION: In addition to the requirements of Division 1, the follow information is required to be included on the layout drawings: 1.A minimum 3/8 = 1-0 scale plan and at least two elevations as necessary of each mechanical equipment room showing proposed piping, ductwork, foundations, dimensions of openings in floors, roofs, and walls, and equipment to establish that the equipment will fit the allotted spaces with clearances for installation and maintenance. Bottom of structural beam elevations, top and bottom of duct, equipment and pipe elevations shall be shown on the floor plans and elevations of the duct and piping shop drawings. 2.Plans, with elevations, where necessary, of all piping and duct distribution system showing proposed piping, ductwork, in-line4 fans, suspended HVAC equipment, air terminal units, duct mounted coils, all dampers and all air inlets and outlets including methods and details of suspension systems. Indicated on the layout drawings operating weights for equipment over 400 lbs. Show proposed details for attachment to building structure, vibration isolation units, foundations and supports, locations and sizes of sleeves and prepared openings for passage of pipes and ducts on the Drawings. Show dimensioned concrete imbed plate locations for all individual piping 4 and larger and all trapeze piping supporting more than two 2 diameter pipes. Provide submittals showing anchoring and attachment of pipe hangars and suspended HVAC equipment and in-line fans supports and vibration isolators to structural framing of the building including actual point load weight being imposed by the attachment for review and comment by Structural Engineer. Final attachments to structure shall be in accordance with the review comments of the Structural Engineer. 3.CONFLICTS: Show possible conflicts between ductwork and/or piping with other systems and the building structure. Clearly define interferences and indicate proposed solutions. If departures from the Contract Drawings are deemed necessary, submit details of such departures, including changes in related portions of the project with the necessary reasons in the Shop Drawings. 4.RESPONSE TO CONFLICTS: Should interference be found in the field, cease work in that area until a suitable resolution has been developed for review and comment for implementation. Make departures as allowed at no additional cost. Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 23

164 C.MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: Submit Shop Drawings and/or Submittals including brochures for, but not limited to the following: 1. Sealed Excavation Drawings for all Excavation of Trenches. 2. Hydronic and Plumbing Valves. 3. Mechanical Pipe Specialties including Check Valves, Strainers, Air Vents, Thermometers and Test Wells, Gauges and Gauge Valves, Pressure-Temperature Plugs, Flexible Pipe Connectors, Floor, Wall and Ceiling Plates Air Separators, Expansion Tanks, Dielectric Adapters, Electric Heat Trace Cable and Accessories, etc. 4. Mechanical Sound Control and Vibration Isolation. 5. Mechanical Supports and Anchors. 6. Electric Motors including all equipment on which the electric motor is an integral part shall have the brand name of the motor manufacturer submitted. 7. Mechanical Identification. 8. Mechanical Insulation (HVAV and Plumbing). 9. Variable Frequency Motor Speed Controllers. 10. Hydronic, Steam & Diesel Pipe, Fittings, Accessories and Welding Certificates 11. Ventilation and Exhaust Fans and Accessories. 12. Fans and Hoods. 13. Air Distribution Devices and Louvers. 14. Duct Accessories, including Dampers, Turning Vanes, Fire Dampers, Fire/Smoke Dampers, Flexible Round Duct, Duct Access Doors and Spin-In Connectors, etc. as indicated on the drawings and as required for a complete duct system. 15. Metal Duct Construction Standards. 16. Duct Shop Drawings. 17. Direct Digital Controls (DDC) and Automatic Temperature Controls (ATC), and Energy Management System (EMS), Wiring Diagrams, Input/Output Summary, Sequence of Operation including Motorized Valves Selection Chart, Motorized Control Dampers Selection Chart, Control Valves and Accessories, Control Dampers and Accessories, Actuators, Sensors, Relays and other required components for a complete control system. 18. Independent Testing, Adjusting and Balancing Contractor Including Methods, Materials and Reports. D. DESIGN CHANGES: 1.GENERAL: The design and layout shown on the Drawings are based on the manufacturer shown in the equipment schedule. Assume responsibility of all resulting conditions, including space requirements, which impact the original design if equipment other than that of the manufacturer indicated is submitted as an equal. A revised drawing of the layout acceptable to the engineer may be required. Show the proposed location of the substitute unit and the area required for access on this revised drawing. Also show clearances of adjacent equipment and service area required by that equipment. A waiver of the requirement of this drawing shall not rescind the responsibilities outlined in this paragraph. 2.COST RESPONSIBILITY: Assume the costs incurred for changes in Architectural, Structural, Electrical and Plumbing requirements for the substitution. This shall include the cost of redesign by the affected Architectural and Engineering Designer(s) and additional costs imposed on affected Subcontractors. 3.Actual fan and/or pump motor horsepower shall not be less than 120% of equipment brake horsepower and shall be non-overloading over the entire range of system flow and system total static pressure with system effect calculations and belt losses included. Constant volume systems shall be non-overloading at system selection point RPM with a 25% reduction in system external static pressure COORDINATION OF MECHANICAL (HVAC), ELECTRICAL & PLUMBING (MEP) WORK: A. General: Refer to Division 1 for general coordination requirements applicable to the entire work. The general Contractor is responsible for ensuring that MEP coordination drawings are developed and coordinated between the MEP trades as part of their supervision of the contract documents. It is recognized that the Contract Documents are diagrammatic in showing certain physical relationships that must be established within the mechanical work, and in its interface with other work including utilities and electrical work Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 24

165 and that such establishment is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor. The Drawings show diagrammatically the sizes and locations of the various ductwork and piping systems and equipment items and the sizes of the major interconnecting ducts and pipes, without showing exact details as to elevations, offsets, control lines, and installation details. 1. Arrange mechanical work in a neat, well organized manner with services running parallel with primary lines of the building construction and with a minimum of 7 overhead clearance where possible. 2. The Contractor shall carefully lay out his work at the site to conform to the architectural and structural conditions, to avoid obstructions and to provide proper grading of lines. Exact locations of outlets, apparatus and connections thereto shall be determined by reference to detail Drawings, equipment Drawings, roughing-in Drawings, etc., by measurements at the building and in cooperation with other Contractors and in all cases shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Relocations necessitated by the conditions at the site or directed by the Engineer shall be made without any additional cost to the Owner or Engineer. 3.All ducts and pipes except those in the various equipment rooms, in unfinished spaces or where specifically designated herein or on the Drawings shall be run concealed in furrings, plenums and chases. Wherever conditions exist that would cause any of these items to be exposed in finished spaces, the Contractor whose work is involved shall immediately call the situation to the attention of the Engineer and shall stop work in those areas until the Owner s Representative or General Contractor directs the resumption of the work. Submit for approval a Shop Drawing for any change in piping, equipment placement, ductwork, etc. 4. Equipment has been chosen to fit within the available space with all required Code and maintenance clearances and shall be installed as shown. Every effort has been made to also accommodate equipment of other approved manufacturers, however since equipment and access space requirements vary, the final responsibility for installation access and proper fit of substituted equipment rests with the Contractor. 5. Piping interference shall be handled by giving precedence to pipe lines that require a stated slope or grade for proper operation by gravity head. Where space requirements conflict, the following order of precedence shall include but not be limited to the listed systems that in general shall be observed: a. Building Lines. b. Structural Members. c.sanitary Drain Waste or Vent and/or Storm Drain and Overflow, Cooling Coil Condensate Drain Piping. d. Gravity Flue Vent e. Steam and Gravity Steam Condensate Drain Piping. f. Supply, Return and Exhaust Ductwork. g.steam, Pumped Steam Condensate Return, Domestic, Fire Protection including Wet and Dry Sprinkler, Chilled and Heating Water Piping. h. Cable Tray. i. Electrical Conduit. 6. Locate operating and control equipment properly to provide easy access. Arrange entire mechanical work with adequate access for operation and maintenance. 7.Advise other trades of openings required in their work for the subsequent move in of large units of mechanical work. 8.Coordinate all items that will affect the installation of the work of this Division. This coordination shall include, but not be limited to, voltage, wire sizing ampacity, maximum over-current protection, electrical and piping connections location, space requirements, sequence of construction, building requirements and special conditions. 9.When submitting Shop Drawings on the project, this Contractor is indicating that all necessary coordination has been completed and that the systems, products and equipment submitted can be installed in the building and will operate as specified and intended, in full coordination with all other Contractors and Subcontractors. B. Coordination Drawings: 1.Coordinate the work of all Subcontractors for this Division with the Contractors responsible for this and other Divisions. Provide, in writing (with copies to the Engineer, Architect and Project Manager) all information necessary for coordination to permit the work of the project, including all Divisions, to be installed satisfactorily and with the least possible interference or delay. Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 25

166 2.The Division 15 Contractors, in coordination with Contractors responsible for other Divisions, shall prepare a complete set of construction Coordination Drawings which shall be completed and submitted to the Engineer, Architect and Project Manager within three (3) months after notice to proceed is given to the General Contractor. If the General Contractor or any Subcontractor allows any work to be installed before coordinating with the work of other Subcontractors, the necessary changes for field coordination shall be made without extra cost to the Owner. 3. Coordination Drawings shall be drawn at a scale of not less than 3/8 = 1-0 and shall be Mylar originals or CAD plots, Drawings shall show actual equipment being provided and shall maintain all design drawing space allocations, designated dimensions, ceiling heights, chase dimensions, room sizes and required service clearances for the actual equipment being provided. Deviations from ceiling heights, chase dimensions, room sizes and similar requirements on the Construction Documents shall not be made without specific prior written authorization from the Architect. 4. Coordination Drawings for interior construction shall show the coordinated locations for equipment, ductwork, piping, conduit, cable tray, bus way, devices, etc. and shall show all ductwork, all bus way and all pipe and conduit larger than 4 using double lines. Elevations shall be shown for all construction and horizontal dimensions from major construction to accessible column or building lines shall be shown. Where required for coordination, offsets shall be shown and sections shall be cut and drawn. 5. Coordination Drawings shall indicate loads and anchor/support points for all piping 3 and larger, for all racked piping, for all racked conduit 3 and larger, for all bus way and for all suspended equipment. These drawings shall be submitted to the Structural Engineer for review and approval. Any special hangers, embeds, supports, reinforcing, etc. required by the Structural Engineer shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. 6. Coordination Drawings for all work routed underground or embedded in concrete shall show specific dimensions to accessible column or building lines and the burial depth of all underground utilities. Where existing utilities are located in the area where new utilities are being installed, dimensions and burial depth for existing utilities shall be shown on Coordination Drawings. 7.Prior to submittal, each Coordination Drawing shall be completed and signed off by the General Contractor and all applicable Subcontractors prior to submission to the Architect, Engineer and Project Manager and prior to installation of Division 15 or 16 work in the area covered by the specific coordination drawing. 8.The requirement for Coordination Drawings shall not be construed as releasing the General Contractor or Subcontractors from their responsibility to coordinate the installation of the work or as authorization for the General Contractor or Subcontractors to make unauthorized changes to the Construction Documents or the project design concepts OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS: A.Submit two copies of Operating and Maintenance Manuals to the Engineer for approval prior to the beginning of operator training. B.Provide four approved Operating and Maintenance Manuals for use in operator training. Manuals shall be bound in rigid cover, 3-ring binders with spine and cover labels and shall provide operating and maintenance information for every piece of equipment furnished under this Specification. C. All sections shall be typed and indexed into sections and labeled for easy reference. D.Bulletins containing information about equipment which is not installed on the project shall be properly marked up or stripped and reassembled. E.All pertinent information required by the Owner for proper operation and maintenance of equipment supplied by Division 15 shall be clearly and legibly set forth in memoranda which shall, likewise, be bound with bulletins. F. As a minimum, the following information shall be provided as applicable: Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 26

167 1. Complete description of each system, item of equipment, and apparatus provided under this Division, including ratings, capacities, performances, data and curves, characteristics identifying name and number, locations, and wiring diagrams, including sources for all parts. 2. Fully detailed parts lists, including all numbered parts and recommended spare parts, of each item of equipment and apparatus provided under this Division. 3.Manufacturer s printed instructions describing operation, service, maintenance, and repair of each item of equipment and apparatus. 4. Typewritten record of tests made of materials, equipment, and systems included under this Division. Such records shall state the dates the tests were conducted, name(s) of person(s) making and witnessing the tests, and citing any unusual conditions relevant to the tests. Temperature control wiring diagrams complete with instructions outlining each sequential step in the start up and shutdown of the heating/cooling system. Include precautions and instructions for servicing each item of the system. 5. Identifying names, name tags designations and locations for all equipment. 6. Valve tag lists with valve number, type, color coding, location and function. 7. Equipment and motor nameplate data. 8. Copies of all approved Shop Drawing submittals and testing and balancing reports. 9. Fabrication drawings. 10.Equipment and device bulletins and cut sheets clearly highlighted to show equipment installed on the project and including performance curves and data as applicable. 11.Maintenance instructions clearly highlighted to show all required periodic maintenance and lubrication. 12. Wiring diagrams. 13. Operating instructions clearly highlighted to show proper operating procedures for all equipment. 14. Exploded parts views and parts lists for all equipment and devices. 15. Color-coding charts for all painted equipment and conduit. 16. Location and listing of all spare parts and special keys and tools furnished to the Project Manager. G.Tools: Provide and deliver to the Project Manager s authorized representative any special tools required for maintenance of systems, equipment, and apparatus installed under this Division prior to requesting final acceptance of the installation. Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 27

168 1.25 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS: 1. A. HMH Closeout Document and Folder Naming Convention and Folder Structure: Folder Structure & Naming Convention (Maximum file Name 60 Characters): 2. Current Software programs generally support extended file by allowing file names character length of up to about 125 characters total length. 3. Standard HMH and Construction Industry Abbreviations shall be used when composing close-out document file names. Below is a table listing of such abbreviations maybe used for this purpose. 4. The Engineer Of Record, Architect OF Record, General Contractor, trade contractors and all vendors/suppliers shall limit their file name convention to a maximum of 60 characters total length including the program identifier file name.xxx, e.g., pdf, dwg, jpg, tif, docx, xlxs, etc. STANDARD HMH & CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY ABBREVIATIONS AAN APPROVED AS NOTED Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 28

169 A ARCHITECTURAL ADDs ADDENEUM # AHU AOR ASIs AV BAS BEVs C CC CD CHPs COMM CWPs DD DDC DRL DWGs E EFs EOR FA FD FFs FP FPT FSD HEXs HVAC HWC HWPs ILSM IOMs JORs LAS LS MVD M MAs MCNR AIR HANDLING UNIT ARCHITECT OF RECORD ARCHITECTURAL SUPPLIMENTA INSTRUCTION AUDIO-VISUAL BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM BELIMO ENERGY VALVES CIVIL COOLING COIL CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS CHILLED WATER PUMPS COMMUNICATION CONDENSER WATER PUMPS DESIGN DOCUMENTS DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS DEFICIENCY RESOLUTION LOG DRAWING ELECTRICAL EXHAUST FANS ENGINEER OF RECORD FIRE ALARM FIRE DAMPER FINAL FILTERS FIRE PROTECTION FUCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TEST FIRE SMOKE DAMPER HEAT EXCHANGER UNITS HEATING, VENTILATING, AIR CONDITIONING HEATING WATER COIL HEATING WATER PUMPS INTERIM LIFE SAFETY MEASURES INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE JOB OBSERVATION REPORTS LOOK AHEAD SCHEDULE (TYPICALLY FOUR WEEKS) LIFE SAFETY MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER MECHANICAL MEETING AGENDA MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED AND RESUBMIT Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 29

170 MERV MM-DD- YY MOMs NET P PCHP PCLPs PCRA PFs PICVs PRSCHD REV RR S SCHPs SD SD SISs SPEC SUB TAB TUs MINIMUM EFFICIENCY RATING VALUE MONTH -DAY-YEAR (NUMERICAL FORMAT ) MINUTES OF MEETINGS NO EXCEPTION TAKEN PLUMBING PRIMARY CHILLED WATER PUMPS PROCESS COOLING LOOP PUMPS PROJECT CONSTRUCTION RISK ASSESSMENT PRE-FILTERS PRESSURE INDEPENDENT CONTROL VALVES PROJECT SCHEDULE REVISION REVISE AND RESUBMIT STRUCTURAL SECONDARY CHILLED WATER PUMPS SMOKE DAMPER SCHEMATIC DOCUMENTS SIGN IN SHEETS SPECIFICATIONS SUBMITTAL OF EQUIPMENY OR MATERIALS TEST ADJUST AND BALANCE TERMINAL UNITS B. Site Prints: Maintain a set of clearly marked black line prints of the Contract Drawings at the job site which shall be used for recording the work details, final size, location, interrelation, and similar items of all work under this Division. This set of Drawings shall be corrected daily as the Work progresses and shall clearly indicate all changes to suit field conditions, changes made by Field Order or Change Order, accurate dimensions of all buried or concealed work, precise locations of all concealed work, locations of all concealed valves, controls and devices and any deviations from the work shown on the Construction Documents which are required for coordination. All dimensions shall be to at least two permanent structure points. C.Upon completion of the work, the EOR shall transfer all marks from the site prints to a set of AS-BUILT AutoCAD reproducible record electronic Drawing file and turn over to Owner. The reproducible record asbuilt Drawings shall be clearly marked and signed on each sheet as follows: CERTIFIED RECORD DRAWINGS DATE: (NAME OF GENERAL CONTRACTOR) BY: (SIGNATURE) Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 30

171 (NAME OF SUBCONTRACTOR) BY: (SIGNATURE) D. Approval: Prior to final acceptance of the Work of this Division, the Contractor shall submit one reproducible and two black line prints of properly certified Record Drawings to the Engineer for review and shall make changes, corrections, or additions as the Engineer may require to the Record Drawings. E. Related Documents: Refer to Specification Section B-OSA Owner s Supplemental Appendix to Architectural Division 01 Web Based Construction Document Management for A, C, S, M, E, P, & AV systems (HVAC, Plumbing, Fire Protection for Additional Requirements. Where Section B-OSA differs or exceeds the requirements of this Division 1, this section shall apply shall apply. F.GENERAL INTERIM CHANGE DOCUMENTATION: Purchase a set of blue line prints and keep on site during construction. Mark any changes on these prints as they occur, noting locations of all items needing servicing. G. COMPLETION OF AS-BUILT DRAWINGS: 1. Furnish "As-Built" drawings separate from and in addition to Shop Drawings. 2. At project completion, contractor shall purchase a set of erasable sepias and bear the expense for a skilled draftsman to transpose all changes noted on the work prints to the sepias. Mark each sheet "Record As-Built Drawings" with date. 3.Accurately indicate the locations and sizes of all pipe, etc., within and beneath the building including underground piping. Show the flow line elevations of all installed underground lines. 4.Accurately indicate the locations and sizes of all equipment, etc. Show the bottom edge elevations of all installed equipment. 5. Accurately indicate the locations and sizes of all FPB, CAV and VAV terminal boxes, in-line fans, suspended HVAC equipment and ductwork, etc. Show the bottom edge elevations of all installed duct. 6.Equipment designation, legend and symbols on the "As-Built" drawings shall correspond to the identification symbols legend on the Contract Drawings including pipe, duct and equipment identification plates and tags. 7. Submit three prints of these drawings to the Architect, Engineer and Owner for review. 8. Make review comment corrections to tracings as directed and deliver to the Architect. 9.The Architect/Engineer shall then transfer electronic AutoCAD files to the contractor for the contractor to input the required approved As-Built drawing markups to the electronic media files for delivery of the revised AutoCAD electronic media files to the Owner with one sepia Mylar original. The sepia shall be Mylar, not less than 3 mils, single matte (on front), reverse reading, with the image clear and distinct. Refer to Division 1 for additional requirements. 10. ELECTRONIC O&M MANUALS & DIGITAL RECORD DOCUMENTS a.refer to B-OSA Division 01 Web Based Construction Document Management for additional detail. The contractor may utilize any means to provide the electrical digital archive record, to digitally archive all of the unique ACSMEP and equipment site adaptation vendor issued drawings listed below. A maximum 60 character file naming convention is identified in sub-paragraph 1.25 above along with a HMH Closed- Out Document Standard set of folders to be utilized in conjunction with section B-OSA Division 01 Web Based Construction Document Management. b.all drawings will be searchable through indexing and keyword(s) recognition (where possible) and crosslinked with URLs. c. All drawings will be compatible with the operating systems supported by the Adobe Reader software. d. All drawings will be printable. The printing area will range from a zoomed view on a single page to all pages. e. All drawings will be viewable on any number of computers with no additional costs or fees. Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 31

172 f.all drawings will be capable of being copied to a CD / DVD, PC, laptop, PDA, or server with no additional costs or fees. g. Excel.xls spreadsheet index of all RFIs, IOMs, all drawings, prints or plots including electronic files such as: File.pdf and Drawing.dwg to ensure that only unique drawings, prints or plots are archived. Organization of all drawing prints or plots, Scanning of unique hard copy drawings, prints or plots including construction site maintained as constructed As-Built markups, e,conversion to PDF of all unique drawings, prints or plots, Bookmarking all unique drawings, prints or plots, Creating CDs / DVDs of archived drawings, print and plots in PDF h. The project on the following drawings, prints or plots: 1) 100% complete Construction Drawings prints, plots issue for Permit and Construction. 2) 100% complete Construction Drawings prints, plots including equipment site adapted vendor drawings issued for permit revisions drawings, prints or plots with complete construction site General Contractor maintained as constructed As-Built markups. 3) Prior to Requesting Substantial Completion, and as a pre-requisite thereto, and prior to submitting application for Payment including release of any sums held as retainage, and in lieu of the following requirement in UGSGC to: a) provide mylar prints of professionally drafted As Constructed drawings, along with electronic copy on CD, As-Constructed specifications in bound volume(s) along with electronic copy on CD b)contractor shall provide instead, in electronic format as specified herein, all Operating and Maintenance manuals, approved submittals, shop drawings, warranties, certificates, test reports, record documents, commissioning documentation and other items as required by the contract. This requirement is in addition to hardcopies of these documents and all other submittals required elsewhere in the contract, except as specifically stipulated herein. c)all small format (11 x 17 ) or smaller photographs, cut sheets, sketches, instructions, diagrams & graphical literature shall be scanned at a resolution of at least 300 DPI to produce sufficient quality to allow zoom features and readable prints. Color charts or other documents where color is required to convey full information shall be scanned in color. Color line drawings shall be scanned at 300 DPI to avoid excessive file size. d) All documents shall be scanned into a single file in current version of Adobe PDF format with expandable indexed file structure organized according to current CSI format and shall conform to AIA standards, bookmarked to at least Division and Section level and searchable by keyword. Verify that all pages on every document have been scanned. Review each page to ensure scan captures original detail. If images appear too dark or too light, or smudged, rescan to ensure proper image quality & legibility. 4) Proper labeling must appear on the disk and jewel case to include the Owner's Name (The Methodist Hospital, Houston, Texas), Project No & Title, Contents of CD and/or DVD (O&M Record Documents DIV 1-12 or?), the Sequence Number of the disk if part of a multi-disk set (i.e. DVD 1 of 3) and the Archive Date. CD/DVD must be inkjet printable not using adhesive labels which can delaminate and gum up reader mechanism. Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 32

173 5)Prior to final submission, (2) two preliminary sets shall be provided for review and approval: One set for Project Architect/Engineer (AE) to review for completeness and accuracy, and one for TMHS Facilities Management (FMS) to review for conformance to format and files structure as stated herein. Upon acceptance by Project AE and HMH FMS, provide (2) two sets of CD-ROM s or DVD s or flash drives. 6)This change in no way modifies or alters other requirements of UGSGC 6.2 through or in any way diminishes contractor s responsibility therein defined regarding the requirement prior to requesting Substantial Completion to, furnish a complete set of the marked up As-Constructed set maintained at the site and one photocopy of same. Nor does it in any way affect the contractor s obligation under UGSGC to, Concurrently with furnishing these record drawings, furnish preliminary copy of each operating and maintenance manual (O&M) required by the Contract Documents, for review by the AE and the ODR. 7)Additionally, the requirement of UGSGC to provide, once determined acceptable, two sets of operating and maintenance manuals, two sets of approved submittals, and other record documents as required elsewhere in the Contract Documents shall remain in effect, however only one of these hardcopy sets shall now be required FOUNDATIONS AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS: Provide adequate foundations, supports, and proper vibration isolation for all equipment. 1.27STRUCTURAL STEEL: Structural steel used for fabricating pipe supports, pipe anchors, and equipment supports, and framing for large ducts and plenums shall conform to Standard Specifications for Steel for Bridges and Buildings, ASTM Designation A-36. All steel shall be new, clean, and straight. All steel shall be hot dipped galvanized. 1.28TOOLS AND SPARE PARTS: Upon completion of the installation, deliver all special tools and spare parts provided by Equipment Manufacturers to the Owner for use with equipment furnished under this Contract SITE CLEAN-UP CONDITIONS IN OCCUPIED OR UNOCCUPIED FACILITIES: A. A Clean Work Space: Each Contractor shall clean up and maintain, at all times, work areas used by other trades and areas visible to the public to prevent the appearance of a sloppy or careless work space. Employee trash shall be disposed of in a designated trash receptacle maintained by the contractor. This contractor shall daily remove from the site and properly dispose of all demolition or construction debris not designated for salvage by the Project Manager. Materials may be collected and temporarily held in an area designated by, and in quantities allowed by, the owner or the General Contractor B.Materials designated by the Project Manager to be salvaged shall by stored in the building, at a location as directed by the Project Manager and the contractor shall verify with the Project Manager which materials are to be salvaged. C. Continuing Facilities Maintenance: In areas that contain equipment or systems that must be serviced, inspected, or maintained, no construction debris shall be allowed to block normal access paths or inhibit the required maintenance or service of those systems. This contractor shall immediately remove any debris that constitutes a hindrance to normal service. D.Directed Clean-up: Should, for any reason, the Project Manager, the Architect or the Engineer notify the contractor of his failure to comply with a clean work space requirement, and the contractor ignores this requirement, the Owner shall retain the services of a clean-up crew to maintain a clean public work space and back charge the contractor for such contract costs. E.This contractor remains responsible for all debris generated by this contractor or any of his employees and subcontractors CLEANING, ADJUSTING AND START-UP: Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 33

174 A. Start-up Services: Where specified for any individual item of heating, ventilating, air conditioning, and plumbing equipment, provide a factory-authorized representative for testing, start-up of equipment, and instruction of Owner s operating personnel. Include a properly executed invoice for these services and a certified letter from the manufacturer certifying that these services have been performed by a factory-authorized representative. B.Pre-start-up Service: This contractor shall verify fan, bearing, motor, sheave, shaft and all other rotating material alignment prior to starting any rotating equipment. Verify proper lubrication has been applied or added and the manufacturer s approved startup representative has certified that the equipment is ready to operate. C. Lubrication: Provide means for lubricating all bearings and other machine parts. Extend a lubrication tube with suitable fitting to an accessible location and suitably identify it where lubrication fittings are concealed or inaccessible. Lubricate all parts requiring lubrication and keep them adequately lubricated until final acceptance by the Project Manager. D. Air Filters: Air filters shall be installed on all equipment so equipped prior to initial start-up. In addition, blanket filters shall be installed over filters and over fan powered terminal unit inlets as a pre-filter during construction. Filters shall be changed on a regular basis to prevent contamination of the downstream air system components. E. Testing, Adjusting and Balance: Refer to Section for requirements. F. Clean-up: Each Contractor shall clean away from the job site all debris, surplus material, and similar items, resulting from his work or operations, leaving the job and equipment in a clean condition. Each Contractor shall thoroughly clean all pieces of equipment, ductwork, fixtures, and similar items, leaving the installation in a first class condition. G. Operation Prior to Completion: 1.When any piece of mechanical equipment is operable and it is to the advantage of the Contractor to operate the equipment, he may do so, providing that he properly supervises the operation, maintain the equipment in a like new condition and has the Engineer s written permission to do so. 2.Whenever any piece of equipment is operated for testing or the Contractors benefit, the system shall be certified as balanced, aligned and clean prior to and after use by the contractor. The equipment shall be provided with normal and temporary construction filters (air) or temporary construction strainers (water) of finer sieve size than that specified for the protection of the new system. 3.The warranty period shall not commence until such time as the equipment is operated for the beneficial use of the Owner, or date of substantial completion, whichever occurs first. 4.The Contractor shall properly clean the equipment and all related duct systems, install clean filter media, properly adjust and complete all deficiency list items before final acceptance by the Owner. The date of final acceptance and the start of the warranty may not be the same date FINAL REVIEW: A. General: Upon completion of the Work, perform a final test of the entire system. 1. The system shall be operating properly with all water and air systems clean and all volumes balanced and all temperature controls adjusted. 2. After the final test, any changes or corrections noted as necessary for the Work to comply with these Specifications or the Drawings shall be accomplished without delay in order to secure final acceptance of the Work. 3.The date for the final test shall be sufficiently in advance of the Contract completion date to permit execution, before expiration of the Contract, of any adjustments or alterations which the final acceptance tests indicate as necessary for the proper functioning of all equipment. Any such modifications shall be completed within the time allotted for completion of the Contract. Retests shall be conducted as directed and Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 34

175 shall be of such time duration as necessary to ensure proper functioning of adjusted and altered items. Retests shall not relieve the Contractor of completion date responsibility. 4. Certificates, including certificates of occupancy from local authorities and documents required herein, shall be completely in order and presented to the Engineer at least one week prior to the review. 5.Qualified Person: Individuals knowledgeable of the systems and persons approved by the Engineer shall be present at this final inspection to demonstrate the system and prove the performance of the equipment OWNER TRAINING AND INSTRUCTION: A. General: This Engineer of Record, Risk Contractor and appropriate factory-trained representatives shall instruct the Owner s representatives in the proper operation, maintenance and repair of all systems and equipment and shall explain all warranties. B. Where new technology or new applications of existing technology the EOR and the systems manufacturer shall provide an additional period of time up to 8 hours of training and instruction in the theory and application of the systems to Owners maintenance personnel. This training sessions will be video recorded by the Owners Training Coordinator. Provide an index of the proposed training information as well as the required O&M information in a binder and a scanned electronic copy of the document. B. Service: Manufacturers shall provide a list of approved service contractors or agents locally that are either trained on this equipment or qualified to service this equipment. C. Outline: Prior to instruction of Owner Personnel, prepare a typed outline, listing the subjects that will be included in this instruction, and submit the outline for review by the Engineer and the facility training officer. D. Certification: At the conclusion of the instruction period obtain the signature of each person being instructed on each copy of the approved outline to signify that he has a proper understanding of the operation and maintenance of the systems and resubmit the signed outlines. E. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS: 1. Provide indexed FMS Approved Material and Equipment Submittals indexed per Specification Section Numbers and User Training Operating and Maintenance instructions indexed per Specification Se4ction Numbers and/or as described in Division If Division 1 makes no provisions for the number of manuals to be provided, provide a minimum of one Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 35

176 set of hardcopy documents and a CDROM or DVDROM with all O&M materials including approved copies of all Approved FMS Materials and Equipment Submittals Indexed Per Specification Section Number, Indexed copy of all ASIs, RFIs with descriptive label and with complete AOR and/or EOR responses including supplemental drawings and indexed As- Built documentation scanned and saved as a well indexed and properly identified, searchable set of individual PDF documents. a. Each set shall include spare parts lists for equipment and components requiring supervisory operation and/or periodic maintenance. b. Refer to Division 1 for ex- Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 36

177 F. OTHER OWNER O&M AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: 1. Refer to other Division 15 Sections for additional operator training requirements. act requirements. c. Where no requirements are given, bind copies in new hardback vinyl binders (all of the same color) with printed identification on the front cover. Deliver at the time of final acceptanc e. 2. The Owner s FMS DC Coordination Checklist with all Tabs printed must be included in the FMS and User Training O&M Owners Maintenance instructions manual indexed per Specification Section Numbers. 3. Certification of installation by equipment manufacturer's representative must be furnished for each piece of MEP equipment furnished, in order to place responsibility for the furnishing of the proper equipment and to see that it is installed as intended by the manufac- Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 37

178 turer. The contractor during construction shall request supervisory assistance from the equipment manufacturer's representatives so that the material installation will be properly installed. After installation, the contractor shall again request the representatives to inspect and certify that the equipment is in proper working order. Before final payment is issued, the representatives shall submit to the Architect through the contractor a signed statement certifying to their inspection and that the equipment is properly installed and ready for operation. 4. The Risk Contractor must provide to the Owner s FMS department a certification letter that all fire alarm functions including smoke testing of equipment smoke detectors has be completed prior to final acceptance of the project. 5. The Risk Contractor must provide to the Owner s FMS Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 38

179 department a certification letter that all air handling units are properly installed, tested and the Test Adjust and Balance including the functional Performance testing of the equipment DDC controls have been completed and all Deficiency Resolution Log items have been properly addressed by the Contractor responsible. 5. The Risk must provide a complete list if new and removed equipment to FMS a minimum of 30 days prior to the ending of the project in the format provided in the Excel.XLSX electronic file spreadsheet under the appropriate file tab. Refer to chart below for information required for each piece of equipment. Equipment List Information Form is started by the CM at Risk as the final approved submittal and project buy-out is done with preliminary form submittal to FMS at that time and completed final forms provided to FMS 30 days prior to the end of the project. This is to be updated weekly after final approved submittals and/or equipment purchase at meetings to keep the Design Team, D&C and FMS coordinated during the construction process. Asset No. Equipment # MFGR & Model # S/N MER # or Location Areas Served System Capacity (CFM or ESP/TSP or Head) Motor Information HP V/P h/h z Starter Type Branch Circuit # Branch Type (N/LS/C/Eq) 6. The Risk must provide a complete list if new and removed Fire dampers, smoke dampers and fire/smoke dampers to FMS a minimum of 30 days prior to the ending of the project in the format provided in the Excel.XLSX electronic file spreadsheet under the appropriate file tab. Refer to chart below for information required for each fire damper, smoke damper and fire/smoke damper. FD, FSD and SD List Information Form is started by the CM at Risk as the end of approved submittal and project buy-out with completed final forms provided to FMS 30 days prior to the end of the project. This is to be updated weekly after final approved submittals and/or equipment purchase at meetings to keep the Design Team, D&C and FMS coordinated during the construction process. Asset No. Damper No. T y p e Level Room Location Pass/ Fail Comments Fusible link model No. Link Temp. ⁰F Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 39 Date Link Installed

180 1.34 CONTRACTOR WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES: A. GENERAL: Contractor shall guarantee all material and equipment installed by him against defects in workmanship and material for a period of 12 months after final acceptance of the work by the Project Manager and he shall repair or replace any materials or equipment developing such defects within that time, promptly on due notice given him by the Project Manager and at Contractor s sole cost and expense B. Repair or replace without charge faults or imperfections that arise due to defects in material or workmanship, including loss of refrigerant and/or oil due to leaks. In addition to faulty operation of systems, defects shall include, but not be limited to, noisy operation, loose or missing parts, or noticeable deterioration of finish. C.Equipment: All equipment bearing a manufacturer s guarantee, such as motors, compressors, condensers, heat exchangers, water heaters, blowers, controls, and similar items, shall be construed to have an extended guarantee to the Owner by the manufacturer. Any such equipment that proves defective in materials or workmanship within the guarantee period is to be replaced by the Contractor in accordance with the manufacturer s guarantee. D. Start-up: The Mechanical Contractor shall provide instructions and equipment starting service on new equipment for four months after date of final acceptance of the work by the Project Manager, at Contractor s sole cost and expense. E. Guarantee air conditioning refrigerant compressors in new air conditioning and plumbing equipment for five years. Guarantee shall include parts and labor. Refer to Division 1. F.PROCEDURE: Upon receipt of notice of failure of any part of the equipment during the guaranty period, replace the affected part or parts promptly. This includes removing the defective part or parts and replacing and installing the new part or parts at no cost. G.MAINTENANCE: Perform required Work required to fine-tune" systems after testing and balancing and during the warranty period. This Work may result due to equipment break-in, belt stretching, items previously overlooked, or other conditions. Perform necessary start-ups and changeovers. Include in the maintenance necessary adjustments of belts, bearing lubrication, adjustment of air flow rates and water flow rates as required during the warranty period. H.SERVICE WORK: Perform service Work required during this period, including the servicing of air filters and necessary oiling and greasing. I.OWNER'S REQUIREMENTS: In addition to regularly scheduled maintenance during this period of guarantee, promptly furnish servicing required to maintain the complete system in the operating condition intended at no cost and on the request of the Owner. Thirty days prior to the end of the one (1) year warranty period the Owner shall conduct a final review project review to determine if any warranty issues are pending. J.COMMENCEMENT OF WARRANTY PERIOD: Warranty period shall commence from date of final acceptance. K.DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE: The date of final acceptance shall be the date of Owner occupancy, or the date all punch list items have been completed. Refer to Division One for additional requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS: Not Used. Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 40

181 PART 3 - EXECUTION: 3.1PAINTING: Refer to Division 09 Finishes for detailed finish requirements however; the following finish work shall be part of this Contractor s responsibility. Finish painting of exposed items shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor. C. D. A.Painting of HVAC systems, equipment, and components is specified in Division 09 Sections "Interior Painting" and "Exterior Painting." Where paint is not specified in Division 09 the following will be utilized. 1. International Defoe DevGard 4160 Alkyd primer paint in colors White, Gray, Red with Matte finish. Solids 51% ± 2%, equivalent dry film thickness mils (50-63 microns) dry equivalent to mils ( microns) wet approximate coverage 359 sq. ft. /US gallon at 2.3 mils d.f.t and stated volume solids. 2. International Defoe DevGard 4308 Alkyd finish paint in colors White, custom and ready-mix colors with Gloss finish. Solids 45%, equivalent dry film thickness at mils (50-63 microns) dry equivalent to mils ( microns) wet approximate coverage 317 sq. ft./us gallon at 2.3 mils d.f.t and stated volume solids B. Repainting, Damage and Touchup: Repaint factory painted equipment that has been scratched or marred to match original texture, gloss, and color. C. Hangers and Supports: Clean steel equipment hangers and supports and all un-insulated black steel pipe exposed to sight inside the building to be free of rust, grease and scale. After cleaning hangers, supports and pipe, provide a field-applied prime coat to pipe, fittings, hangars and supports. In addition, in finished spaces include two coats of finish paint in a color to match adjacent surfaces. D Insulated Piping: Clean insulated pipes inside and outside of the building including piping within crawl spaces, mechanical equipment rooms, and central plant equipment rooms and exposed to weather to be free of rust, grease and scale. Provide pipe, welding joints and seams, and fittings with a field-applied prime coat prior installing insulation. Provide proof in the form of pictures that the insulated pipe and fittings have been painted. The factory applied varnish and primer coat on fittings will not be accepted as a field applied primer coat. E. Un-Insulated Piping: Clean un-insulated black steel pipes inside and outside of the building including piping within crawl spaces, mechanical equipment rooms, central plant equipment rooms and exposed to weather to be free of rust, grease and scale. Provide pipe, welding joints and seams, and fittings with a field-applied prime coat. The factory applied varnish and primer coat on fittings will not be accepted as a field applied primer coat. In addition to the field applied primer coat, provide uninsulated condenser water pipe, welding joints and seams, and fittings with a two coats of field-applied epoxy finish coat in color approved by the Architect severe weather condition rated paint. F.Exposed Round or Rectangular Ductwork: Clean duct exposed exterior inside and outside of the building to be free of rust, grease and scale. Provide exposed galvanized duct and duct fittings with a paint-grip finish for field-applied prime coat by this Contractor. G.Exposed HVAC Equipment: Clean exposed HVAC equipment exterior inside and outside of the building to be free of rust, grease and scale. Provide exposed HVAC equipment and accessories including equipment supports with a factory or field-applied prime coat by this Contractor. H. Colors: Colors shall conform to applicable National Standards for each particular component. Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 41

182 I. NUMBER OF COATS: 1. GENERAL: SYSTEMS TO CONSIST OF A PRIMER OR SEALER OR PRIMER/FILLER BY THIS CONTRACTOR AND AT LEAST TWO FINISH COATS BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 2. MINIMUM THICKNESSES: WHERE PAINT MATERIAL AND APPLICATION DO NOT PROVIDE A TOTAL DRY FILM THICKNESS (DFT) ABOVE THE MINIMUM WITH A NORMAL NUMBER OF COATS, APPLY ADDITIONAL COATS TO ACHIEVE THE MIN. DFT OR SWITCH TO ANOTHER BRAND OR PRODUCT THAT CAN. J. COMPLETE WORK REQUIRED: INCLUDE THE PAINTING OF ALL MATERIALS, ITEMS AND AREAS NORMALLY INCLUDED IN A COMPLETE PAINT JOB, EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY SCHEDULED FOR OMISSION OR SPECIFIED AS "FACTORY FINISHED". 3.2 DEMOLITION AND WORK WITHIN EXISTING BUILDING: A. During the construction and remodeling, portions of the project shall remain in service. Construction equipment, material tools, extension cords, etc., shall be arranged so as to present minimum hazard or interruption to the occupants of the building. B. Equipment, piping, or other potential hazards to the working occupants of the building shall not be left overnight outside of the designated working or construction area. C. None of the construction work shall interfere with the proper operation of the existing facility or be so conducted as to cause harm or danger to persons on the premises. D. All fire exits or stairs and corridors required for proper access, circulation or exit shall remain clear of equipment, materials or debris. The General Contractor shall maintain barricades, other separations in corridors and other spaces where work is conducted. E. Certain work during the demolition phase of construction may require overtime, after-hours regular work shifts or temporary evacuation of the occupants. Coordinate and schedule all proposed down time with at least 10 working days in advance of proposed event in writing. The actual time that will be scheduled will be that approved by the Owner. F. Make every effort to minimize damage to the existing building and the owner's property. Repair, patch or replace as required any damage that might occur as a result of work at the site. Cooperate with the Owner and other trades in scheduling and performance of the work. G. In the preparation of these documents every effort has been made to show the approximate locations of, and connections to the existing piping, duct, equipment and other apparatus related to this phase of the work. However, this Contractor shall be responsible for verifying all of the above information. This Contractor shall visit the existing site to inspect the facilities and related areas. This Contractor shall inspect and verify all details and requirements of all the Contract Documents, prior to the submission of a proposal. All labor and materials required to perform the work described shall be a part of this Contract. H. Include in the contract price all rerouting of existing power and control wiring, pipe, duct, etc., and the reconnecting of the existing equipment and plumbing fixtures as necessitated by field conditions to allow the installation of the new systems. Furnish all temporary power and control wiring, pipe, duct, controls, etc., as required to maintain heating, cooling, and ventilation and plumbing services for the existing areas with a minimum of interruption. Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 42

183 I. All existing plumbing fixtures, conduit, power and control wiring, pipe, duct, materials, equipment, controls and appurtenances not included in the remodel or alteration areas are to remain in place. J. Conduit, power and control wiring, pipe, duct, equipment and controls serving mechanical, plumbing and owner's equipment, etc., which is to remain but which is served by conduit, pipe, duct, equipment and controls that are disturbed by the remodeling work, shall be reconnected in such a manner as to leave this equipment in proper operating condition. K. Within the remodeled or alteration areas where existing ceilings are being removed and new ceilings are installed and registers, grilles, diffusers, access doors, sprinkler heads, light fixtures, speakers and other ceiling mounted devices shall be removed and reinstalled to fit the new ceiling layout, unless noted otherwise. L. Within the remodeled or alteration areas where existing walls are being removed all existing thermostats, light switches, power outlets and other wall mounted devices shall be removed and shall then be reinstalled in the new wall. Thermostats shall be re-calibrated and reconnected to its respective equipment. M. NO portion of the existing medical gas piping, Fire Protection, Building Automation Systems (BAS DDC Controls) or Access Control Security (ACS) systems shall be turned off, modified or changed in any way without the express knowledge and written permission of the Owner's representative in order to protect systems which shall remain in service. N. It is the intention of this Section of the Specifications to outline minimum requirements to furnish the Owner with a turn-key fully operating system in cooperation with other trades with a minimum of disruption or downtime. O. Refer to Architectural "Demolition and/or Alteration" plans for actual location of walls, ceiling, etc., being removed and/or remodeled. 3.3 CONTINUITY OF UTILITY SERVICE: A. At no time during the progress of the work shall the contractor interrupt the continuity of any of the required services to or within the building or area being renovated during regular scheduled usage by Owner which is 24/7/365. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to take the necessary precautions, and to plan the sequence of his work so that this may be accomplished. To this end, the necessary temporary services and connections that will be required to accomplish this result are hereby included in this specification. B.In accordance with Official FMS Policy and Procedure #360 Scheduled Utility Outage Facility Management Services Operations will review and schedule all utility outages to assure minimum disruption to the daily operations of The Methodist Hospital with it attendant patient care responsibilities. This may require scheduling smaller multiple outages rather than only one outage involving large areas of the Hospital (i.e. scheduling oxygen outages in one building only, etc.). The procedure utilized will depend upon the classification and duration of the proposed shutdown and TMHS required safety and mitigation procedures required. The contractor must provide sufficient documentation for FMS Operations to determine the safety of the proposed utility shutdown process and to mitigate all potential impacts to the health and safety of the TMHS patients. The class identifications are as follows: 1. Class I: All life support systems, such as oxygen, medical air, medical vacuum, and critical utility systems, such as electrical distribution, chilled water, heating water and steam, long term interruptions of domestic hot and cold water or sanitary waste systems. 2. Class II: Utility outages on domestic hot and cold water, sanitary risers that serve multiple risers of the Hospital. Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 43

184 3. Class III: Minor utility outages on domestic hot and cold water systems that affect only one riser. C.For Class I and II type outages, written request for utility outages MUST be generated. This form should be completed by the person requesting the outage and MUST contain the following information: 1. Date of requested outage 2. Building 3. Start time 4. Class of outage 5. Purpose 6. Utility service(s) to be interrupted 7. Areas affected 8. Service restoration time and date 9. Remarks 10. Distribution (names and locations) 11. Cover memorandum outlining shutdown. D. Procedure A.Class I outages require that a minimum notification of five working days be provided to the affected areas. To accomplish this, the request MUST be generated a minimum of seven days prior to the outage. B. Class II outages require that a minimum notification of three working days be provided to the affected areas. To accomplish this, the request must be generated a minimum of five days prior to the outage. C.Class III outages require verbal notification and agreement by the appropriate FMS Operations Manager of start and stop time to the areas affected. D. Exception: Emergency repairs to critical equipment may not allow for the minimum notification time. The Manager coordinating the repairs will accompany the Building Representative during this notification to insure all necessary questions are answered in a timely fashion. 1. An is sent by the Manager to the HMH campus. The Manager then follows up by directly communicating with the affected areas. 2.Immediately preceding the start of any outage, a verbal confirmation of readiness will be obtained from each affected area. 3. This will be done by the Facility Management Services employee responsible for coordinating the outage. This will assure that all areas involved are prepared. E. Where service interruptions of a local nature are required, the contractor shall arrange in advance as noted above based on the class of the service interruption and shall submit for approval, a proposal indicating the extent of time of the interruption and the service or facilities that will be interrupted. The actual time that will be scheduled will be that approved by the FMS Operations Manager. 3.4 REMOVED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. All equipment and/or systems noted on the Drawings "To Be Removed" shall be removed including, associated conduit, power and control wiring, associated pipe and duct, associated pipe and duct hangers and/or conduit supports. Where duct or pipe is to be capped for future or end of line use, it shall be properly tagged with its function or service appropriately identified. Where existing equipment is to be removed or relocated and has an electric motor or connection, the Electrical Contractor shall disconnect motor or connection, remove wiring to a safe point and this Contractor shall remove or relocate motor or connection along with the equipment. B. Contractor shall remove certain existing materials, fixtures, and equipment. All removed materials, including, but not limited to conduit, wire, ductwork, piping, diffusers, registers, grilles, etc., shall become the property of the contractor and shall be removed immediately from the premises. C. All heating, ventilating, air-conditioning and refrigeration equipment as noted shall be demolished and removed from existing locations. Equipment noted to be relocated shall be relocated by the Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 44

185 contractor as noted with required accessories for proper unit operation at the new location. Demolished equipment shall become the property of the contractor and shall be removed immediately from the premises and site to be properly disposed of by the contractor in accordance with existing codes. D. Contractor shall exercise extreme care in removing any equipment Owner retains. All equipment noted to be salvaged shall have refrigerant and/or water connections capped and/or soldered closed. The units shall be evacuated and a 5 psig dry nitrogen charge left in the unit. Deliver relocated equipment to location of Owners choice, unload and install with all required accessories for proper operation. E. However, prior to removing any equipment from the site, contractor shall verify with the Owner as to whether or not Owner desires to keep any of the equipment. If Owner decides to keep certain equipment, other than equipment listed above, contractor shall deliver that equipment to location on-site designated by the Owner. If Owner does not want any of the equipment, contractor shall immediately remove equipment from the premises. F. Existing plumbing fixtures, registers, grilles, diffusers, light fixtures, speakers etc., shown to be removed and indicated to be reused, shall be cleaned, repaired if necessary, re-painted if necessary as determined by the Owner s Representative and provided with such new accessories as may be needed for the proper installation in their new location. G. HVAC 1. Refer to Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching" and Division 02 Section "Selective Structure Demolition" for general demolition requirements and procedures. 2. Disconnect, demolish, and remove HVAC systems, equipment, and components indicated to be removed. 3. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material. 4. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or compatible piping material. 5. Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and plug remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material. 6. Ducts to Be Abandoned in Place: Cap or plug ducts with same or compatible ductwork material. 7. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment. 8. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment operational. 9. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner. 10. If pipe, insulation, or equipment to remain is damaged in appearance or is unserviceable, remove damaged or unserviceable portions and replace with new products of equal capacity and quality. 3.5 WORK SEQUENCE, TIMING, COORDINATION WITH OWNER A. The Owner will cooperate with the Contractor. However, the following provisions must be observed. Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 45

186 B. During the construction of this project, normal facility activities will continue in existing buildings until new building expansion and/or renovated areas are completed. Plumbing, fire protection, lighting, electrical, communications, heating, air conditioning, and ventilation systems will have to be maintained in service within the occupied spaces of the existing building. C. A meeting will be held at the project site, prior to any construction, between the Owner's Representative, the General Contractor, the Sub-Contractors, the Architect and the Engineer to discuss contractor's employee parking space, access, storage of equipment or materials, and use of the Owner's facilities or utilities. The Owner's decisions regarding such matters shall be final. 3.6 SEQUENCE OF DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION A.The following paragraphs of these specifications related to the sequence of demolition and construction are intended to serve as a general guide to the work to be done. The Contractor shall be ultimately responsible for the planning and execution of the sequence of demolition and construction as required to provide for continuity of service, continued operation of the building during the construction and to comply with the requirements of the Owner. B. Coordinate with architectural staging description in specifications or on drawings. The contractor shall be ultimately responsible for the planning and execution of the sequence of demolition and construction as required to provide for continuity of service and to comply with the requirements of the Owner. 3.7 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Contractor shall visit the site prior to submitting a bid and determine both the existing conditions and the proposed new work that may affect his work. All existing conditions that result in additional work arising after award of contract and start of construction that could have been avoided and/or resolved had the contractor visited the site and observed existing conditions shall be performed by the contractor at his own expense at no additional cost. B. It shall be the contractor's responsibility to visit the jobsite prior to preparing his bid to become familiar with the existing conditions of the project. The contractor shall field investigate and review the existing conditions in the areas in which work, is to be done, to determine, equipment, piping, duct and air distribution devices, etc. that must be removed. Failure to comply with this shall not be a basis for future change order claims. C. Contractor's attention is directed that all the cost associated with required temporary services to keep existing building air conditioning, controls and exhaust systems operational during this renovation and addition are to be included in this bid. Failure to comply with this shall not be a basis for future change order claims. D. It is anticipated that the existing building air conditioning, controls, and exhaust systems will be in operation during the time that the contractor performs his work. E. Locations and sizes indicated for existing equipment and chilled, condenser, and heating water supply and return piping have been obtained from existing drawings and are approximate. Contractor must field verify at the jobsite the location, size, and elevation of piping. If existing piping is at locations other than that indicated, it shall be the contractor s responsibility to make necessary adjustments to provide the new connections required. F. Extensive demolition will be required in existing building areas to accommodate HVAC and electrical systems relocation, additions and new floor plan layouts for these areas. Refer to architectural for additional demolition specification. Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 46

187 G. Locations where new chilled, and heating water supply and return piping is to be connected to the existing chilled, and heating water supply and return piping has been indicated on the drawings. Contractor must field verify pipe size, location and elevation. H. Contractor's attention is directed that it may be required to drain portions of the existing chilled, and/or heating water piping systems to allow connection of new piping to the existing piping and to refill the system after connections are made. Contractor shall coordinate with Owner as to the date and length of time acceptable to the Owner for the system to be inoperable to allow contractor to make necessary connections. Written notice of all building service interruptions shall be made a minimum of 10 working days in advance of the proposed outage and the actual time for outage that will be scheduled will be that approved by the Owner COORDINATION A. B. C. C. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to allow for HVAC installations. D. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-place concrete and other structural components as they are constructed. E. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for HVAC items requiring access that are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in Division 08 Section "Access Doors and Frames." GROUT A. A. Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, non-shrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic-cement grout. 1. B. Characteristics: Post-hardening, volume-adjusting, non-staining, non-corrosive, non-gaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications. 2. C. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. 3. D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 47

188 5. A. E. Grouting 1. Mix and install grout for HVAC equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other equipment base plates, and anchors. 2. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout. 3. Provide forms as required for placement of grout. 4. Avoid air entrapment during placement of grout. 5. Place grout, completely filling equipment bases. 6. Place grout on concrete bases and provide smooth bearing surface for equipment. 7. Place grout around anchors. 8. Cure placed grout CONCRETE BASES A.Coordinate concrete work in this Article with Division 03 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" or "Miscellaneous Cast-in-Place Concrete. EOR is to provide a sealed concrete base drawing for the COH where required by code. A. B. B.Concrete Bases: Anchor equipment to concrete base according to equipment manufacturer's written instructions and according to seismic codes at Project C.Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 incheslarger in both directions than supported unit D.Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inchcenters around the full perimeter of the base E.Install epoxy-coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete floor F.Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded G.Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 11. Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 48

189 12. H.Install anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt manufacturer's written instructions I.Use 3000-psi, 28-day compressive-strength concrete and reinforcement as specified in Division 03 Section Cast-in-Place Concrete or Miscellaneous Cast-in-Place Concrete" ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES A. B. C. A. Refer to Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural steel. B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor HVAC materials and equipment. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D ERECTION OF WOOD SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES A. B. C. A. Cut, fit, and place fire treated wood grounds, wooden-nailers, blocking, and anchorages to support, and anchor HVAC materials and equipment. B. Select fastener sizes that will not penetrate members if opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Tighten connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood members. C. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loads CLEANING AND ADJUSTING TO REMOVE CORROSION AND DEBRIS A. Trade Contractor shall thoroughly clean all equipment, materials and devices furnished, relocated and installed by him. Contractor shall remove all of his debris that may have accumulated during the job on a timely basis during construction and shall provide for a final cleaning and removal of trash and construction debris. After the Architect inspects the equipment, any discrepancies shall be amended as directed. 1. Pipe interior shall be cleaned and treated by a FMS approved Trade Chemical Cleaning Trade. FMS currently utilizes ChemCal Inc. as their Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 49

190 preferred Water Treatment vendor (Mike Walrath CWT Senior Technical Specialist, ChemCal Inc., P Cell , (mwalrath@chemcal.com). ChemCal, Inc. shall be responsible for the following: a. Coordinating with the General Contractor and appropriate trades with regard to the cleaning, flushing and water treatment of the newly installed system. b. Review and approve the Chemical Cleaning Contractor s proposal for pipe cleaning and flushing or provide the required HMH approved new pipe cleaning, flushing and water treatment as part of the work. c. Review the EOR piping diagram to identify that the piping volume is appropriately calculated and includes all pipe fittings, coils, expansion tank volumes, etc. d. Review the Mechanical Contractors proposed installation piping diagram and floor layout to verify that system high points have manually isolatable automatic air vents with vent discharge pipe to an appropriate drain location, and that system low points have suitable ¾ ball valve drain with ¾ hose connections and brass cap on chain with access doors provide and identified for inaccessible wall or ceiling locations. e. Review the proposed Chemical Cleaning Contractor s proposed system flushing procedure and the use, efficacy and compatibility of all proposed chemical and filling, cleaning and flushing procedures and supervise the entire process. f. Provide all required labor to supervise the Mechanical Contractor s personnel in determining that the control valves, coils and other required items are properly isolated prior to the start of the filling, cleaning, flushing, and addition of water treatment chemicals. 2. Mechanical Contractor shall be responsible for providing the following: a. Provide to ChemCal a proposed AutoCAD piping coordination shop drawings with all dimensions, pipe, sizes, elevations, vent and drain locations, and required system accessories, etc. for review by EOR and by ChemCal with a system volume calculation that include all pipe, fitting and accessory equipment with gallons of water total and all required temporary flushing pipe cross connections around control valves, equipment coils and equipment connections. b. Provide personnel to prep the piping system for cleaning by isolation and/or bypassing all required components. Prior to filling, cleaning and flushing pipe system the Mechanical Contractor personnel shall demonstrate to the GC, EOR, ChemCal and Owner s personnel that the pipe system is ready to be filled, cleaned and flushed and that all accessories specified have be isolated from the pipe connections and/or bypassed. c. Provide all required flexible hoses, filters, pumps and drain connections for all filling, cleaning, flushing and chemical treatment of the new piping system prior to connection to existing treated water systems. 3. Chemical Cleaning Contractor shall be responsible for contacting Owner s water treatment vendor, in order to determine the exact cleaning procedures to be utilized and shall then submit a proposed cleaning procedure listing all chemicals and durations. 4. Owner s representative shall inspect and witness the pipe cleaning procedure. 5.Chemical cleaning contractor shall certify the pipe cleaning procedure has been completed and the piping systems interiors are clean and free of construction debris, rust, slag and scale Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 50

191 3.Chemical cleaning contractor shall be responsible for contacting Owner s water treatment vendor, in order to determine the exact cleaning procedures to be utilized and shall then submit a proposed cleaning procedure listing all chemicals and durations. 4. Owner s FMS Designated representative shall inspect and witness the pipe cleaning procedure. 5. The Mechanical Contractor shall be responsible for providing all required pumps, pipe connections, Bypass around coils and control valves and filtration for the Chemical Cleaning Sub-Contractor shall certify the pipe cleaning procedure has been completed and the piping systems interiors are clean and free of construction debris, rust, slag and scale. The General Contractor Owners water treatment vendor shall supervise the entire process a.the Mechanical Contractor shall provide all required manpower and all required temporary flushing pipe cross connections around control valves, equipment coils and equipment connections. b. The Mechanical Contractor shall be responsible for verifying that the number of Terminal Branch Main Taps; e.g., provide a copy of the combined floor pipe layout coordination shop drawings. Mark-ups for each location of branch main tap to the loop with an HMH approved ID #, e.g., TUT-Floor # -1 thru #+??. The Mechanical Contractor shall have identified, inspected, with the attached chart filled out the chart below filled out prior to the start of the Stage One Flushing of the floor reverse return HWS&R or CHWS&R, or the Secondary Process cooling water loop supply and return pipe loop. c.the Mechanical Contractor shall be responsible for verifying that the number of new individual Terminal Branch Unit Taps; e.g., provide a copy of the combined floor pipe layout coordination shop drawings. Mark-ups for each location of branch main tap to the loop with an HMH approved ID #, e.g., TUT-Floor # -1 thru #+??. Mark-ups for location provide a copy of the combined floor pipe layout coordination shop drawings. Mark-ups for each location of branch main tap to the loop with an HMH approved ID #, e.g., TUT- Floor # -1 thru #+??.and numbering: TUT-Floor # -1 thru 43+?? have been identified, inspected, the chart below filled out prior and all isolation worked of closing specific valves has be adhered to prior to the start of the Stage One Flushing of the 4 18 th floor reverse return HWS&R pipe loop. d. The Mechanical Contractor shall be responsible for verifying that the number of new individual Terminal Branch Unit Taps; e.g. refer to attached scans of Graves Pipe Coordination Drawings that are incomplete, refer to the yellow branch terminal unit run outs to individual coils have been filled out with the required information completed. e.stage ONE CLEANING: The main HWS&R floor loop piping shall be circulated as specified by Chem- Cal below at 10 FPS based on the inside diameter of the pipe system being circulated with required chemicals for the required time. f. After the cleaning loops is certified clean and free of dirt and debris. g. STAGE TWO CLEANING: shall start at the remote end of each 0of the TUT-Floor #-1 thru 43+? Pipe runs and shall be reverse flushed with the water disposed of to remove and of the compacted rust, dirt and junk from those branch mains to the terminal units HWC. 6. Cleaning compounds such as ChemCal 1960 is a mild alkaline cleaner that contains penetrants and dispersants. It is designed to remove organic fouling, oils, and loose corrosion by-products from water systems. When using ChemCal 1960 it is possible that large amounts of debris can be sloughed-off resulting in plugging of small diameter piping especially if the new piping is connected to existing piping systems that may have become partially filled with scale or corrosion. The use of an anti-foaming agent is recommended. ChemCal 1960 is not designed to remove hardened mineral and dense corrosion deposits. After 1960 is flushed from the new piping system being cleaned, it should be immediately charged with corrosion inhibitor to passivize all of the newly exposed metal inside the piping system. After cleaning with ChemCal1960 it is possible that loosened materials, dirty or corroded systems will be removed by the filtration and fluid velocity in the 4 black steel pipe. 7. As a minimum the ChemCal 1960 Cleaning Procedure for all Closed Loop Piping Systems, i.e., primary or secondary process cooling loop systems, primary chilled and heating water piping systems shall be cleaned prior to start up as follows: a. Flush and drain piping system loops to remove loose debris. b. The system is believed to have a volume of approximately 1,500 gallons of water. b. Fill with clean filtered potable water unless specified otherwise and add d. Circulate water for hours via system or contractor furnished circulating pump with slip stream filtration. e. Drain and flush system. f. Refill and immediately charge with closed loop inhibitor to the recommended level. Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 51

192 g. Vendor must select, manufacture, and deliver in easy-to-handle pails a chemical capable of inhibiting and controlling corrosion and deposits on all water-side surfaces of the chill and hot loop water systems. Chemical supply will be in the amount to dose the closed loops one (1) time to the recommended dosages as confirmed by test results after completion of the cleaning and ferrous material passivation process. h. Corrosion inhibitor chemical. This product must be in liquid form and impart the following active ingredients at the following dosages when fed in PRIMARY OR SECONDARY PROCESS COOLING or CHILLED WATER LOOP WATER: 1) nitrite (as NO2) = ppm, 2) borate = ppm, 3) azole = ppm. This product must impart the following: active ingredients at the following dosages when fed in PRIMARY HOT LOOP WATER: 1) nitrite (as NO2) = ppm, 2) borate = ppm, 3) azole = ppm. i. Domestic cold and hot water piping systems shall be flushed and sterilized as specified in specific specification sections. B. The EOR is responsible for calculating and providing to the Owners Water Treatment Contractor the estimated volume of each closed loop system including all components of the piping system and the unit coils. The EOR shall provide a single drawing of each closed loop system with all room names and numbers that shows the location of all of the isolation valves, air vents manual and/or automatic and all of the drip leg drain down points. The location of coil and control valve bypass and other connection points shall be identified. Chart to be Complete Prior to Start of Each Stage of the Flushing, Cleaning & Pipe Passivation Process Terminal Unit Branch main Taps TUT-Flr #-1 Thru-XX45+? Terminal Unit Branch Main Taps Copper or Steel Dielectric union Size of Taps TUT-Flr #-1 TUT-Flr #-2 TUT-Flr #- 43? Taps Isolated for 4 HWS&R Main loop flush Tap Opened for Individual Branch Main Tap Flush All Valves Opened and Final HWS&R TAB Performed Terminal Branch to HWC Connection TU-Flr#-1 Copper or Steel Dielectric union Size of Taps Brass Adapters at SS Flexible Hoses or Black Steel Pipe Nipple? Tap Opened for Individual Branch Main Tap Flush All Valves Opened and Final HWS&R TAB Performed The existing Floor reverse return closed loop piping consists of butterfly isolation valves at the connection to the Building HWS&R risers. The branch main taps to Terminal Unit Tap are numbered TUT-Flr #-1 through TUT-Flr #-?? mains to the taps off of the top of that loop and has a reverse return piping with isolation ball valves, flexible SS connectors, strainers and PT Plugs at each Danfoss AB-QM PICV valves. Provide a copy of the combined floor pipe layout coordination shop drawings. Mark-ups for each location of branch main tap to the loop with an HMH approved ID #, e.g., TUT-Floor # -1 thru $#+?? Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 52

193 3.14DUCTWORK: Clean ducts, plenums and casings of all debris and blown free of all particles of rubbish and dirt before installing outlet faces BEARINGS: Lubricate bearings as recommended by the equipment manufacturer. 3.16FILTERS: Provide temporary filters for fans, air handling units and fan coil units, and air compressor intakes that are used during construction. Install new specified pre- filters and final filters just prior to the start of the Independent TAB contractor s start of the testing, adjusting and balancing of the air distribution systems ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT: All roof-mounted fans, outside air intake and relief hoods, wall mounted fans and HVAC and remote radiator equipment must be properly secured to the building structure to withstand Texas Coastal Windstorm criteria, i.e., minimum 120 MPH hurricane force winds ICRA AND ILSM PROCEDURES: A. TMHS FMS project management requirements for all Design & Construction contractors include ICRA (Infection Control Risk Assessment forms be prepared by the Contractor and approved by the Owner prior to the start of any renovation work in the hospital. TMHS ICRA and ILSM Committee Project Review and Permit Application Meetings occur every Tuesday Morning at 8:30 AM and every Thursday afternoon at 1:30 PM. The FMS project manager shall schedule the initial ICRA/ILSM Review and Permit Meeting for the project. The FMS project manager, the GC project manager and the GC site superintendent must attend and be prepared to discuss project start date, duration and type of work to be performed. The ICRA/ILSM Review and Permit Committee will make the final determination of the ICRA/ILSM requirements for the General Contractor and other contractors to adhere to for the duration of the project. The ICRA/ILSM Permit, CDI Log and Project Identifica- Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 53

194 tion and Contact Number forms must be posted at the job site entrance as required by Official TMHS FMS Policy and Procedure #209. Refer to Contractor s Handbook for proper forms. B. Daily ILSM (Interim Life Safety Measure Inspections) must be performed by the Contractor s Superintendent with a signed Cont5ractors Daily Inspection (CDI) Log verification form kept posted at the project site entryway. The General Contractor superintendent must sign and date the CDI Log form daily. The TMHS FMS project manager must sign and date the ILSM form weekly. The TMHS QA/QC Inspector will make daily inspections of the job site and provide notification of policy violations to the FMS Manager of Engineering. TMHS ILSM /ICRA personnel will make daily inspections of the job site and provide notice of violations of policy to the FMS Project Manager. The General Contractor superintendent must take immediate corrective action after receipt of the ILSM/ICRA Violations reports in response to the ILSM/ICRA and the FMS QA/QC violation reports. Refer to Contractor s Handbook for additional information Pipe, Duct, & Vibrating Equipment Supports Connection to Existing Building Concrete Structure: A. All pipe duct and vibrating equipment shall be properly supported by galvanized or cadmium plated anchor bots, all thread rods and washers, lock washer and bolts. Trapeze type hangers where permitted must be properly sized galvanized channel supports. All cut ends will be sprayed with two coats of Galv-Alum cold galvanizing spray or equivalent corrosion resistant coatings. B. Installing contractor must strictly adhere to anchor bolts manufacturer installation recommendations about pull-out loads, anchor diameter and depth of anchor insertion for drilling the anchor point in concrete, installation of epoxy resin for adhesion purposes if recommended, etc., in addition, to following the following TMHS structural anchor bolt placement guidelines and requirements. C. The most critical items are the individual clevis type hanger connections for water pipes 3 and larger, trapeze point loads of up to 200 pounds and single clevis type point loads of 400 pounds or larger or vibrating equipment point loads of 200 pounds or more. D. HMH requires that the anchor bolt supplier visit the job site within 72 hours of the setting of anchor bolts at the site by the contractor to test load 10% of the anchor bolts installed to verify that the contractor is correctly installing the anchor bolts. The GC shall provide a copy of the test reports to the EOR, Architect or structural engineer for review. Anchor bolts that do not pass the load pull test shall be removed and replaced with anchor bolts that meet the requirements of the test load. E. TMHS requires the anchor bolts for static loads to be set with the anchor bolt, a flat washer, a lock washer and a properly sized nut. Dynamic or vibrating loads must utilize an additional lock or jam nut at the structural attachment to the concrete and double jam nuts at each connection where the all thread rod bolt and nuts are used to secure dynamic or vibrating loads. F. Bolts directly connected with the slab are structurally acceptable. G. Bolts installed directly under the beams or joists are not acceptable. Do not install anything from these bolts irrespective of the loads. Provide new connections on the face of the joists or beams. H. Bolts on the side of the beams and side of the joists which are located less than 4 from the bottom of beams or joists are not acceptable. Correct by relocating the bolts by using minimum 4 criteria. Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 54

195 I. Connections for the hangers supporting 4 or larger water pipes should be provided in such a way that no connection should support larger than 5 feet length of the pipe. Add connections where needed to meet this condition. The maximum clevis hanger pipe spacing is 5-0 on centers for all pipe 3 and larger when water filled, with actual attachment of the pipe supports staggered to prevent overloading of the structural slab with side by side point loads for water pipe 3 and larger. Trapeze supports with point loads of 200 pounds per trapeze are allowed for multiple pipe runs 2/12 and smaller. Trapeze type hangers may not be used for water pipe 3 and larger under any circumstance. This criteria is applicable at all building structural slabs as well as garage structural slabs locations. J. Garage joists and other post tensioned structures may have post tension tendons. Do not connect anything to the joists structurally to avoid breaking the tendons. K. Provide as built connection locations prior to installation and/or corrections for water pipes 4 or larger, point loads of 400 pounds or larger, and/or vibrating equipment loads of 200 pounds or more indicating the connection type and spacing. This should be drawn on structural plans. Provided by the structural engineer or the architect and submitted to the EOR for review and comment prior to installation IDENTIFICATION: A. Refer to Section Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment for applicable identification, nameplates and labeling requirements. 12. B. Engineer of Record shall utilize the Owners Equipment Identification system for all components and equipment. Generally, the EFs, AHUs or FCUs equipment numbers shall indicate the building and floor served, Terminal units shall include in their identification numbers the EF or AHU system that they are connected to with the correct architectural room number, room temperature humidity sensors locations shall be shall be shown on architectural backgrounds showing approved final rooms numbers with control valves and isolation valves clearly identified and noted. C. Risk Contractor and sub-contractors, Risk Owners Independent Final Test, Adjust and Balance report, BAS and ACS graphic packages, equipment submittals and O&M documents shall clearly reflect the same identification information on so that it is clear and easy to find the equipment that is served by a particular area The Fire Protection Piping, Sprinklers including all pipe hangars and miscellaneous support system elements shall not be utilized by any other Trade for support. All plenum rated low voltage cabling routed for BAS DDC systems, Access Control Security systems (ACS), IT, Fire Alarm, Communications, Code Blue, Nurse Call, Coaxial or Digital TV, etc. must be independently supported in an approved manner, refer to Houston Methodist Hospital System, Cabling Standards, Updated: January 30, 2014; Prior to the start of a new project design the above ceiling area shall be opened up to determine whether or not any improper support of other Trades has been attached to the Fire Protection Piping, Sprinklers including all hangars and miscellaneous support system elements, where found the project scope of work shall be amended to separate the improperly supported items from the Fire Protection piping and create new independent support system for those elements. Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 55

196 3.22 GENERAL COORDINATION & LOCATION OF MEP SYSTEMS REQUIRED ACCESS PANELS 13. A. A. All Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing, Fire Protection, Nurse Call, Security, Audio-Visual, Communications, Data Transmission, Telephone, IT and any other equipment or systems normally found within the typical hospital environment including manual and motorized valves, manual and motorized dampers, Fire, Fire Smoke and Smoke dampers, actuators, power or lighting Junction boxes and cable pull boxes that require periodic Inspections, repair and trouble-shooting service and preventative or periodic maintenance that are mounted behind inaccessible partitions, walls, ceilings, or floors shall ALL have an appropriately sized and located access panel of the correct type and construction with specified mounting, locking and hinges as specified in Division 8, Access Door and Frames. B. All Fire Dampers, Fire/Smoke Dampers, Smoke Dampers and Motorized Modulating or Two Position Dampers shall have an appropriately sized and located duct access panel of the correct type and construction with specified mounting, locking and hinges as specified by Division 23 Duct Accessories section. B. C.Coordinate requirements and locations for all required and specified access panels and doors for Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing, Fire Protection, Nurse Call, Security, Audio-Visual, Communications, Data Transmission, Telephone, IT and any other equipment or systems normally found within the typical hospital environment items requiring access that are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in Division 08 Section "Access Doors and Frames." C. D.The General Contractor is required to furnish and install all required trade access panels. The General Contractor is required to properly size and locate the access panels with the assistance of the Architect, Engineer of Record, the propjet Trades. Additionally, the Owner FMS group and the Owner Independent TAB Firm make require additional access doors to be installed. D. E. The Mechanical Contractor is required to furnish and install all required Duct access panels. The Mechanical Contractor is required to properly size and locate the access panels with the assistance of the Architect, Engineer of Record. Additionally the Owner FMS group and the Owner Independent TAB Firm make require additional access doors to be installed. E. F. The practice of utilizing a removable light fixture as an access panel is to be Actively Discouraged by the Architect and Engineer of Record and prior written approval must be obtained from Director of FMS END OF SECTION A OSA Common Work Results for HVAC A OSA - 56

197 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: SECTION C-OSA OWNERS SUPPLEMENTAL APPENDIX ID MEP SYSTEMS A. Work under this Section is subject to requirements of Contract Documents including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and sections under Division 01 General Requirements and applicable sections of Division 20, Division 21 Fire Suppression, Division 22 Plumbing, Division 23 Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC), Division 26 Electrical, Division 27 Communications, Division 28 Electronic Safety and Security and Division 33 Utilities. B. Additionally, all other related documents consisting of all of the rest of the Divisions Specification Sections listed within the Specifications Index and Table of Contents applies to all of the work of this section. C. It is the Contractors responsibility to read, review and coordinate with the entire specifications and drawings and other Contract Documents to provide a complete and working system of equipment, accessories, components and materials including all software, graphic and programming of systems. The specific requirements of this Owner s Appendix to Common Work Results for HVAC are intended to supplement the requirements of Contract Documents including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections under Division 01 General Requirements and applicable sections of Division 20, Division 21 Fire Suppression, Division 22 Plumbing, Division 23 Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC), Division 26 Electrical, Division 27 Communications, Division 28 Electronic Safety and Security and Division 33 Utilities. Where there is conflict between the requirements of this section and other General Division sections the more stringent portions apply and must be included in the bid cost associated with the project. D. Section Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment E. Section A OSA Owners Supplemental Appendix to Common Work Results for Mechanical (HVAC & Plumbing) and Electrical F. Section C OSA - Owners Supplemental Appendix Identification for Mechanical (HVAC & Plumbing) & Electrical Conduit, Piping, & Equipment G. Section Metal Ducts H. Section Air Duct Accessories I. Section Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems J. Section Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. Valve Tags B. Pipe Bands Common Work Mep Systems ID C OSA - 1

198 C. Equipment Labels 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit data on the following items: 1. Valve Tags 2. Pipe Bands B. TAG LIST: Submit list of wording, symbols, letter size, and color coding for identification of each system. C. VALVE CHART: Submit valve chart and schedule, including valve tag number, location, valve function, valves size, and valve manufacturer's name and model number. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE B General Alternative Products/Materials/Methods: 1. Products by other reliable manufacturers, other materials, and other methods may be accepted provided they have equivalent capacity, construction, and performance. Under no circumstances shall any substitution be made without the prior written approval of the Engineer. 2. Wherever a definite product, material or method is specified and there is not a statement that another product, material or method will be acceptable, it is the intention of the Engineer that the specified product, material or method is the only one that shall be used without prior approval. 3. Wherever a definite material or manufacturer s product is specified and the Specification states that products of similar design and equal construction from the specified list of manufacturers may be provided, it is the intention of the Engineer that products of manufacturers that are specified are the only products that will be acceptable and that products of other manufacturers will not be considered for substitution without prior written approval. 4. Units furnished shall be complete with all components assembled. All features considered standard by the Basis of Design manufacturer and/or features and accessories which are required to complete the system, and to make it functional, shall be included without respect to specific detailing in these specifications. 5. A specific configuration of the chilled water, heating hot water, steam, steam condensate, condenser water piping, refrigerant suction, refrigerant liquid, refrigerant hot gas, refrigerant relief piping, cooling coil condensate drain piping electrical connections and required service clearances at each scheduled and specified or detailed unit has been indicated on the drawings. If the configuration of the unit furnished on the project differs from that indicated on the drawings (whether or not the unit furnished is the specified unit or an acceptable substitute), the Contractor shall be responsible for to modifications required for piping, power, etc., as required to accommodate configuration of unit furnished on the project. B. Standards 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a. Standard A13.1, Scheme for Identification of Piping Systems, 1981 Edition. Common Work Mep Systems ID C OSA - 2

199 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 unless otherwise specified. Comply with Facility Management Services Engineering for all aspects of systems, labeling and identification. B. Provide nameplates, located in a conspicuous location directly on the equipment or apparatus, for mechanical equipment including, but not limited to: 1. Starters 2. Variable Frequency Drives 3. Pumps 4. Fans 5. HVAC equipment (AHUs, TUs, EFs, and controls components) 6. Control panels 7. Plumbing equipment 8. Medical gas equipment C. Equipment shall be labeled with the Equipment Description Number, Building Designation, Building Floor located on, and a Sequential Number given by the hospital FMS Operations Group Manager. Building designation abbreviations are to agree with Wayfinding designations for each building. e.g., AHU-26ST3-01, EF-31STG4-01 ABBREVIATION BUILDING NAME CUP CENTRAL UTILITY PLANT MBE MAIN BUILDING EAST MBW MAIN BUILDING WEST DB DUNN BUILDING FBA FONDREN BROWN ALKEK NS NEUROSENSORY (JONES) MGJ MARY GIBBS JONES OP OUTPATIENT CENTER RIB RESEARCH INSTITUTE BUILDING AN ANNEX BUILDING WP WEST PAVILION ST SCURLOCK BUILDING SM SMITH TOWER BUILDING G GARAGE BUILDING NT NORTH TOWER (PHASE 1) NTN NORTH TOWER NORTH (PHASE 2) D. The Equipment Description Numbers are as follows: EQUIP. # DESIGNATION 1 CHILLED WATER PUMPS (CHP) 2 HEATING WATER PUMPS (HWP) 3 DOMESTIC COLD WATER PUMPS (DCP) 4 DOMESTIC HOT WATER PUMPS(DHP) 5 EMERGENCY GENERATOR, DIESEL (DEG) 6 STORM PUMP Common Work Mep Systems ID C OSA - 3

200 7 SEWAGE PUMP 8 CONDENSATE SYSTEM PUMPS 9 FIRE SPRINKLER 10 MEDICAL AIR 11 INSTRUMENT AIR 12 LAB/ SHOP AIR 13 MEDICAL VACUUM 14 HEATING WATER CONVERTOR (REHEAT) (HEX) 15 MEDICAL GAS ALARM PANEL 16 MEDICAL GAS PANEL 17 HORIZONTAL/ VERTICAL TRANSPORT 18 STEAM 19 FIRE DETECTION 20 CAMERA 21 AIR CURTAIN FANS (ACF) 22 FIRE PUMPS (FP) 23 CHUTE DOORS 24 AUTOMATIC DOORS 25 FIRE RATED DOORS 26 AIR HANDLING UNIT (PRE-TREATED OA) (AHU) 27 OUTSIDE HANDLING UNIT (100% OA) (AHU) 28 FAN POWER TERMINAL UNIT ( TU-FP) 29 VARIABLE VOLUME TERMINAL UNIT (See note below) (TU) 30 RETURN AIR FAN (RAF) 31 EXHAUST FAN (EF) 32 STAIRWELL PRESSURIZATION FANS (SPF) 33 AIR PURIFICATION UNIT 34 FAN COIL UNIT (FCU) 35 CAV CONSTANT VOLUME TERMINAL UNIT (See note below) (TU) 36 DOUBLE DUCT TERMINAL UNIT (TU-DD) 37 DIRECT EXPANSION UNIT (DX) 38 SUPPLY AIR FAN (SAF) 39 INDUCTION UNIT 40 PNEUMATIC TUBE 41 RATED WALLS 42 Fire Damper (FD)/ Fire/ Smoke Damper (FSD) or Smoke Damper (SD) 43 PUMPS - FUEL OIL (FOP) 44 ROOM DOORS 45 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS (REDUCED FLOW ) (RFBFP) 46 ASC 47 DLCU 48 MC 49 NPR 50 FIXED REFRIGERATION 51 REFIGERATOR 52 ICE MACHINE 53 DRINKING FOUNTAIN 54 FREEZER 55 STEAM TRAP 56 DRAINS Common Work Mep Systems ID C OSA - 4

201 57 TRANSFORMER 58 MECH/ ELEC ROOMS 59 OVERHEAD PAGING 60 NURSE CALL SYSTEM 61 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 62 LINE ISOLATION MONITORS 63 PATIENT ROOM ELECTRICAL 64 NURSE STATION ELECTRICAL 65 NORMAL LIGHTING 66 UPS 67 VFD 68 PATIENT BED 69 OPERATING ROOM 70 EMERGENCY 4160V 71 NORMAL 4160V 72 NORMAL 480V 73 CRITICAL 480V 74 LIFE SAFETY 480V 75 EQUIPMENT 480V 76 NORMAL 208V 77 CRITICAL 208V 78 LIFE SAFETY 208-V 79 EQUIPMENT 208V 80 DCU 81 PCU 82 UCI 83 UC 84 DPI 85 DPU 86 MCI 87 ICI 88 LAB VACUUM 89 GREASE WASTE 90 EMERGENCY SHOWER (ES) ( AND/OR EYEWASH (EW)) 91 WATER 92 BUILDING LOGS 93 HUMIDIFIERS (STEAM OR ELECTRIC (HS or HE) 94 OXYGEN SYSTEM 95 NITROGEN SYSTEM 96 NITROUS SYSTEM 97 NATURAL GAS SYSTEM 98 ACID WASTE SYSTEM 99 GARBAGE WASTE SYSTEM 100 FUEL OIL TANK 101 SOUND ATTENUATORS 102 HEAT RECOVERY CHILLER 103 STEAM CHILLER (STEAM CENTRIFUGAL) 104 CHILLER (ELECTRIC CENTRIFUGAL)) 105 BOILERS (STEAM OR HOT WATER) Common Work Mep Systems ID C OSA - 5

202 2.2 VALVE TAGS CHILLED WATER FLAT PLATE HEAT EXCHANGER (SECONDARY 106 PROCESS COOLING) 107 DOMESTIC HOT WATER CONVERTOR 108 CLEAN STEAM GENERATOR 109 CRAC (COMPUTER ROOM A/C UNITS) CHILLED WATER 110 SMOKE EXHAUST FAN (SEF) 111 MISC. HEATING UNITS 112 FILTER HOUSINGS (HEPA OR MERV 15) 113 DESICCANT WHEEL DEHUMIDIFICATION UNIT 114 AIR FLOW MONITORING STATIONS (AFMS) 115 PHOENIX SUPPLY VALVE (SV) 116 PHOENIX HOOD EXHAUST VALVE (HEV) 117 PHOENIX GENERAT EXHAUST VALVE (GEV) 118 HEAT RECOVERY COIL 119 HEAT RECOVERY PUMP 120 HEAT RECOVERY EXPANSION TANK 121 HOT WATER REHEAT COIL 122 DOMESTIC WATER HEATER 123 WATER SOFTENER UNIT 124 SECONDARY PROCESS COOLING LOOP PUMPS (SPCLP) 125 CHILLED OR HEATING WATER EXPANSION TANK 126 REFRIGERANT LEAK DETECTOR MONITOR AND ALARM SYSTEM 127 OSCILLATING CEILING FAN. 128 OA HOOD 129 GLYCOL CHILLER 30% PG 130 GLYCOL WATER PUMP (30% PG) 131 GLYCOL MAKEUP PUMP (30% PG) 132 GLYCOL CONDENSER (REHEAT) WATER PUMP 133 TERMINAL UNIT (MASTER {M} OR SLAVE {S} 134 Fan HEPA Filter Unit (FHFU) (NOTE: When a terminal unit is used to maintain an offset airflow for room pressurization purposes then the Terminal Unit nomenclature shall be altered to include a R or E immediately after the TU designation to indicate whether Return air or Exhaust air type. Generally these will be a constant volume TU so the ID would read: TU-E or R-29 or 35,Bldg& floor-01, etc.) A. Comply with Facility Management Services Engineering for all aspects of systems, labeling and identification. B. Valve tags shall be minimum 19 gauge Brass with 1-1/2" (minimum) height and width. Identification letters and numbers shall be a minimum of 1-1/4" high, stamped in tag and shall be filled with black enamel paint. Valve tags shall be: Emedco Seton Brady Marking Services CB/W Series Valve Tags Valve Tags Valve Tags C. Valve tag designations shall be as indicated in paragraph 2.10 below. Common Work Mep Systems ID C OSA - 6

203 D. Valve Tags for all pieces of equipment that utilize Danfoss AB-QM PICVs, Belimo Energy Valves and Belimo E-PICVs shall all have a brass stamped tag affixed to the valves via a short brass link chain with the equipment design flow GPM and water ᵒF T included, e.g. a Terminal unit heating valve would read HW ᵒF T, while a fan coil unit chilled water valve might read CHW ᵒF T, and a chilled water AHU cooling coil valve might read CHW GPM ᵒF T or a multi-zone hot deck coil valve might read HW GPM ᵒF T. For North Tower CH Water coil valve might read CHW GPM ᵒF T. or RHW GPM = ᵒF T. For West Pavilion CH Water coil valve might read CHW GPM ᵒF T. or HW GPM = ᵒF T 2.3 PIPE MARKINGS A. Comply with Facility Management Services Engineering for all aspects of systems, labeling and identification. B. Pipe identification stencil shall be the factory fabricated, flexible, with directional arrows, color coding and sizable letters in lieu of any glue on or stick on type labels or semi-rigid plastic, pre-formed snap-on type with clear polyester exterior surface to fit around pipe or pipe covering. Bands shall be of size, color and background as outlined in Table II and III, hereinafter, with directional flow arrows and legends. Identification bands on pipe or coverings 5-1/2" or less in diameter shall be sized to fit around pipe and overlap self. Identification bands on pipe or covering 6" or more in diameter shall have stainless steel spring fasteners. Pipe identification bands shall be: Seton/Setmark Brady Marking Services SNA/STR Series Snap-on Series MS-970 Series 2.4 EQUIPMENT LABELS 2.5 TAPE A. Comply with Facility Management Services Engineering for all aspects of systems, labeling and identification. B. PLASTIC NAMEPLATES: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color, or engraved white letters on black background. Equipment labels shall be screwed or pop-riveted to the equipment. A. Comply with Facility Management Services Engineering for all aspects of systems, labeling and identification. B. Identification tape shall be the flexible vinyl film type with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings. Tape width shall be a minimum of 2". Tape shall be color to match pipe identification band background. Tape shall be: Emedco Seton Brady T100 Series PST Series Tape 2.6 UNDERGROUND PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS: A. Comply with Facility Management Services Engineering for all aspects of systems, labeling and identification. Common Work Mep Systems ID C OSA - 7

204 B. Bright colored continuously printed plastic ribbon tape of not less than 6 inches wide by 4-mil thickness manufactured for direct burial service. In addition, all non-metallic direct buried pipe shall be traced with a 12 gauge copper electrical wire capable of be toned to locate the non-metallic piping placed directly above the underground piping. 2.7 STENCIL PAINTING: A. Comply with Facility Management Services Engineering for all aspects of systems, labeling and identification. B. STENCILS: With clean-cut symbols and letters of following sizes: OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF INSULATION OR PIPE LENGTH OF FIELD SIZE OF STENCIL ¾" - 1-1/4" 8" 1/2" 1-1/2" - 2" 8" 3/4" 2-1/2" - 6" 12" 1-1/4" 8" - 10" 24" 2-1/2" OVER 10" /2" DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT 2-1/2" C. STENCIL PAINT: Semi-gloss enamel in accordance with Division CABLE TIES A. Comply with Facility Management Services Engineering for all aspects of systems, labeling and identification. B. Cable ties for valve tag attached shall be self-locking nylon ties. Cable ties shall be: Thomas & Betts Ideal Efcor Ty-Rap-Nylon Double Lock Cable (Plain Head) Sure-Ty Self-Locking Cable Ties 2.9 VALVE CHART A. Comply with Facility Management Services Engineering for all aspects of systems, labeling and identification. B. Valve chart shall identify all valves, except for drain valves and shall include a typed listing of all valve tags. List shall include identification number, valve location in system (e.g., water heater, chilled water pump, etc.) and its function (e.g., shut-off, balancing, etc.). Mount chart in an aluminum frame with glass cover. Locate chart on a conspicuous wall in the main mechanical room near door. C. Where there is an existing building valve chart list request a copy from HMH D&C Project Manager and add to it to match current list. D. Where a building master valve list is not available then create a new Project Valve Tag List utilizing: 1. Year - Building Floor - Valve Service - Rm # Location - Valve #, e.g D06- DCW-D Provide a floor plan with location of valve. Common Work Mep Systems ID C OSA - 8

205 Valve Tag Abbreviations DCW Domestic Cold Water CO2 Carbon Dioxide DHW Domestic Hot Water NO2 Nitrous Oxide DI De-ionized Water V Vacuum DS Dialysate Solution WAGD Waste Anesthesia Gas Disposal G Gas, Natural MA Medical Air O2 Oxygen CHW Chilled Water N2 Nitrogen HW Heating Water FP Fire Protection CW Condenser Water SPW Secondary Process Water 2.10 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with Facility Management Services Engineering for all aspects of systems, labeling and identification. B. Round or Square valve tags shall be installed at all shut-off, balancing, metering, and drain valves in the following systems: C. Pipe identification shall comply with ANSI A13.1. Install pipe identification bands on piping at each valve, each piece of equipment, each change of direction, wall penetration, each branch take-off, and at a maximum spacing of 20 feet on exposed straight run piping. Install pipe bands on systems indicated below. BAND AND LETTER SIZE Pipe or Pipe Covering Width of Band Letter & Number Diameter (inches) (inches) Size (inches) 3/4 to 2 8 3/4 2-1/2 to /4 8 to /4 Over /2 BAND COLORING Band Lettering Lettering Pipe Color Color Chilled Water Supply Green CHILLED WATER SUPPLY White Chilled Water Return Green CHILLED WATER RETURN White Condenser Water Supply Green CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY White Condenser Water Return Green CONDENSER WATER RETURN White Heating Water Supply Yellow HEATING WATER SUPPLY Black Heating Water Return Yellow HEATING WATER RETURN Black Heat Recovery Supply Yellow HEAT RECOVERY SUPPLY Black Heat Recovery Return Yellow HEAT RECOVERY RETURN Black Dom. Cold Water Green DOM. COLD WATER White Dom. Hot Water Yellow DOM. HOT WATER Black Dom. Hot Water Circ. Yellow CIRCULATION WATER Black Fire Sprinkler Red SPRINKLER-FIRE White Fire Standpipe Red STANDPIPE-FIRE White Natural Gas Yellow NATURAL GAS Black Sanitary Sewer Green SANITARY SEWER White Common Work Mep Systems ID C OSA - 9

206 Storm Sewer Green STORM SEWER White Acid Waste Yellow ACID WASTE Yellow D. Comply with Facility Management Services Engineering for all aspects of systems, labeling and identification including standard equipment identification system. Installed equipment identification labels with 2" high letters on the following equipment: EQUIPMENT LABELS: Utilize equipment identification numbering standard developed by FMS that includes equipment designation number, building initials, building floor number location and equipment item number, i.e., for example 26-MGJ would be an air handling unit located in the Mary Gibbs Jones Building on the 2 nd floor and is the number 01 unit number on that floor Duct Identification Coloring: A. Supply Air, Return Air and Outside Air duct shall be white letters on blue background. B. Toilet Exhaust Air duct shall be black letters on yellow background. C. Hazardous Exhaust Air duct shall be red letters on a yellow background Pipe Color Coding: The following is a list of paint color coding for piping: # Item Type Abbreviation Color Label Legend Color Label Back Color 595 Standard HVAC 1 Heating Water Supply HTWS Dk. Yellow Black Yellow Heating Water Return HTWR Lt. Yellow Black Yellow Heat Recovery Supply HRS Dk. Grey White Green Heat Recovery Return HRR Lt. Grey White Green Chilled Water Supply CHWS Dk. Blue White Green Chilled Water Return CHWR Blue White Green Soft Hot Water Supply SHWS Dk. Brown Black Yellow Soft Hot Water Return SHWR Lt. Brown Black Yellow Soft Cold Water SCW Cyan White Green Steam Med Pressure S Orange Black Yellow High Pressure Steam HPS Orange Black Yellow Low Pressure Steam LPS Orange Black Yellow Refrigerant REF Gold White Blue Instrument Air IA Pink White Green Cond. Water Supply CWS Green White Green Cond. Water Return CWR Lt. Green White Green Condensate Return #R Beige Black Yellow GAS 18 Natural Gas G Brown Black Yellow Lab Air LA Lt. Brown White Green Oxygen O2 Green White Blue Common Work Mep Systems ID C OSA - 10

207 21 Medical Air MA Yellow White Blue Nitrous Oxide N2O Med. Blue White Blue Nitrogen N2 Black White Blue Vacuum VAC White White Blue Medical Vacuum MVAC White White Blue Lab Vacuum LVAC White White Blue Gas Evacuation GEV White White Blue PLUMBING 28 Dom. Water Supply CW Lt. Blue White Green Dom. Hot Water Supp. HWS Dk Red Black Yellow Dom. Hot Water Ret. HWR Pink Black Yellow Distilled Water DW Gray White Green Deionized Water D/W Gray White Green Reverse Osmosis RO Lime Green White Green Fire F Red White Red Sprinkler (Line) SP Red White Red Sanitary Drain SAD Black Black Yellow Storm Drain STD Black Black Yellow Garbage Drain GD Black Black Yellow Vapor Vent VP Black Black Yellow Vent V Black Black Yellow Garbage Waste GW Black Black Yellow Acid Waste ACID Black Black Yellow Acid Vent ACV Black Black Yellow Fuel Oil Supply FOS White Black Yellow Fuel Oil Return FOR White Black Yellow Fuel Oil Vent FOV Black Black Yellow Color Coding Requirements for HMH Electrical Distribution and Equipment A. Obtain a General Building Layout show North Arrow Major parallel streets to the site and Indicate the CPE Vault Area, the Emergency Generation Area, Diesel Fuel Tank Area and General Service Areas with color coding. Labeling Key Items such as High Voltage Entry, 4160 Volt Distribution, Number of Service Types and Areas. Common Work Mep Systems ID C OSA - 11

208 B. Identify Major Electrical Equipment Locations using Name, Floor Location and Building Section. Indicate Main Normal and Electrical Buss Risers with Red Color Numerals C. Label the Four Main Electrical Services: Normal Power, Life Safety, Critical and Equipment Transformers, Transformers, Panelboards, Etc. The colored code face phenolic plates to Common Work Mep Systems ID C OSA - 12

209 identify electrical equipment shall be permanently etched phenolic plates with ¼ white or black letters engraved lettering attached with two sheet metal screws on each palate to each piece of equipment. Phenolic Plates shall be color coded: 1. Normal Power Black with white Letters 2. Life Safety Circuits Yellow with Black Letters 3. Critical Branch Orange with Black Letters 4. Equipment Branch Green with white letters 5. Fire Alarm System Red with White Letters 6. Essential System Not listed above Purple with Black Letters D. Identify the following Electrical Equipment 1. CPE Raceways 2. SBC Raceways 3. Switchboards, switchgear, and individual devices contained therein 4. Panelboards 5. Distribution Panels, Motor Control Centers and individual devices installed therein 6. Safety Switches and Disconnects 7. Contactors, Motor Starters, and VFD 8. Transfer Switches 9. Cabinets, Telephone, Fire Alarm, Lighting Control, Nurse Call, Security, Cable TV, AV, IT or Code Blue 10. Individually mounted Circuit breakers 11. Relays and Contactors 12. Shunt Trip Pushbuttons: Main Service Disconnects, X-ray, CT Scan, and MRI disconnects ( Label Emergency Power Off EPO, Computer Power and Computer HVAC Power 13. Isolation Panels 14. Transformers 15. Emergency Generators, Paralleling Gear, Load Bank and Automatic Transfer Switches, UPSS and Battery Racks 16. Diesel Fuel Tanks and Fuel Pumps systems and Piping E. Panelboards shall identify the following information: 1. Panel Name 2. Name of Panel Serving it. 3. Voltage and Phase 4. Branch of Electrical System F. Contactors, Starters, VFDs and Relays connected under this Division whether or not furnished by this Division shall be shall be furnished with specified identification. G. Pull and Junction Boxes, Outlet Boxes and Enclosures for Emergency Circuits Labeling and Spot Painting Requirements: for emergency circuits shall be spot painted colors selected below with the conduit entering the boxes shall be banded using 1 wide Plastic Adhesive Tape in the same colors listed herein within 6 of the box and at 10 Feet on center intervals of the conduit and at least once per room, so that they may be readily identified as a component of the emergency system. The Inside of the boxes and the cover plate shall be spot painted in same colors for same reasons. 1. Life Safety Circuits Yellow 2. Critical Branch Orange 3. Equipment Branch Green 4. Fire Alarm System Red 5. Essential System Not listed above Purple Common Work Mep Systems ID C OSA - 13

210 Common Work Mep Systems ID C OSA - 14

211 H. Color Code the One Line Diagrams similar to shown herein. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Engineer of Record shall utilize the Owners Equipment Identification system for all components and equipment. Generally the EFs, AHUs or FCUs equipment numbers shall indicate the building and floor served, Terminal units shall include in their identification numbers the EF or AHU system that they are connected to with the correct architectural room number, room temperature humidity sensors locations shall be shall be shown on architectural backgrounds showing approved final rooms numbers with control valves and isolation valves clearly identified and noted. B. Risk Contractor and sub-contractors, Risk Owners Independent Final Test, Adjust and Balance report, BAS and ACS graphic packages, equipment submittals and O&M documents shall clearly reflect the same identification information on so that it is clear and easy to find the equipment that is served by a particular area. C. Preparation: Degrease and clean all surfaces to receive identification prior to application. 3.2 MOTOR CONTROL IDENTIFICATION: Mount nameplates on each motor control furnished under this Division identifying item controlled such as "identified herein." Common Work Mep Systems ID C OSA - 15